For Reference NOT TO BE TAKEN FROM THIS ROOM LIBRARY OF 1685- IQ56 Property of li 6: eOLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE ;:t fel loo^o^ and Entoniologv ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY BY E. DWIGHT SANDERSON DEAN OF THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY DIRECTOR WEST VIRGINIA AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION AND C. F. JACKSON PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY ANU ENTOMOLOGY, NEW HAMPSHIRE COLLEGE GINN AND COMPANY BOSTON • NEW YORK • CHICAGO ■ LONDON COPYRIGHT, 1912, BY E. DWIGHT SANDERSON AND C. J. JACKSON ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 812.7 Ctie gtftenaeum J^rtii GINN AND COMPANY • PRO- PRIETORS • BOSTON • U.S.A. PREFACE During recent years there has been increasing demand for short courses in elementary entomology. For several years past the authors have been endeavoring to present such courses to their students, but have encountered the difficulty that no textbook was available which met their needs. This book is, therefore, the authors' effort to furnish such a text for beginners, and if it is found useful to them and to the increasing number of teachers who are endeavoring to instruct them in the subject, the authors will feel well repaid. The work is confessedly very largely a com- pilation from the works of others (as, indeed, any such work must be), and it is obvious that many errors and defects may have been overlooked, although the authors have spared no pains to eliminate them. To those who observe such shortcomings, or who may be able to offer suggestions for the improvement of the book when revised, the authors will be under great obligation. It was originally intended to include several chapters treating of the various insect pests affecting crops and domestic animals, but it was found that such a work would be too cumbersome ; indeed, it is usually not possible to cover both elementary and economic entomology in a single course. The economic side of the subject has, however, been made the dominant note in the following pages, and the forms discussed are mostly those of economic importance. There is a popular belief, often held by young agricultural stu- dents, that the chief subject matter of a course in entomology should be a discussion of the common injurious insects. Expe- rience has shown that such an idea is fallacious, and that, from the standpoint of practical utility as well as from that of general cul- ture, a knowledge of the structure, habits, and classes of insects in general is much the more important phase of entomology for academic study. Economic entomology is important and should iv ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY not be neglected, but general entomology is the foundation upon which it must be erected, and without a knowledge of the elements of entomology a course in economic entomology will have but little meaning to the average student, whereas if the more general knowledge of the subject has been mastered, the study of the various insect pests may be profitably pursued by the individual, even if he has not been able to take a systematic course in that phase of the subject. Students should be encouraged to make free use of the standard textbooks for reference and to aid in the identification of speci- mens. Much interest may be added to the course by securing the available entomological publications of the state agricultural experi- ment stations (a list of which stations may be found in the Appendix) and those of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., many of which may be had free of charge. The work outlined in the study of life histories, in collecting, and in the identification of insects is necessarily largely suggestive. The amount and nature of such work must depend upon the time available, the equipment, the time of year, and the local surround- ings of the school, and must be determined by every teacher to suit his own conditions. It should be emphasized, however, that a maximum of laboratory and field work and a minimum of book work will probably give the average student a better knowledge of insect life than the opposite arrangement, as the subject is one in which the student must secure his knowledge directly from the material, if it is to have much real meaning to him. The senior author is entirely responsible for the preparation of Parts I and II, and the junior author for Part III, although they have consulted together on all parts of the work. Many of the half-tone illustrations are from photographs by the senior author or from those of Dr. C. M. Weed, his prede- cessor at the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station, while several new line drawings have been prepared for the work by Alma Drayer Jackson and Iris L. Wood, for whose generous aid the authors are greatly indebted. The remaining illustrations PREFACE V have been drawn from various sources, as indicated in the titles, but the authors are under particular obligations to the following persons for the loan of cuts for electrotyping : Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture ; Professor F. L. Washburn, State Entomologist of Minnesota ; Dr. J. B. Smith, State Entomologist of New Jersey ; Dr. V. L. Kellogg, of Leland Stanford Junior University ; Dr. W. E. Britton, State Entomologist of Connecticut; Dr. E. P. Felt, State PZntomologist of New York ; Professor G. W. Herrick, of Cornell University ; Professor C. P. Gillette, Director of the Colorado Agricultural Experiment Station ; P. Blakiston's Son & Co., and D, Appleton and Company. The authors are also greatly indebted to the following entomolo- gists for reading portions of the manuscript and criticizing the keys for the identification of insects, which criticisms have added greatly to the accuracy and reliability of the work : Professor Herbert Osborn, Dr. C. T. Brues, Mr. C. W. Johnson, Mr. Nathan Banks, Dr. J. B. Smith, Dr. Harrison G. Dyar, and Dr. A. D. MacGillivray. E. DWIGHT SANDERSON C. F. JACKSON f CONTENTS CHAPTER PAGE I. IXTROnUCTIOX I PART I. THE STRUCTURE AND GROWTH OF INSECTS H. Insects and their Near Relatives 5 III. The Anatomy of Insects — External 10 I\'. The Anatomy of Insects — Internal 28 V. The Growth and Transformations of Insects ... 45 PART II. THE CLASSES OF INSECTS Vl. The Classification of Insects 67 VII. Bristletails and Springtails {Aptera) 73 Vni. Cockroaches, Grasshoppers, Katydids, and Crickets (Okthoptera) 76 IX. The Nerve-Winged Insects, Scorpion-Flies, Caddis- Flies, May-Flies, Stone-Flies, and Dragon-Flies . 89 X. TheWhite Ants, Book-Lice, AND BiRD-LicE(/'L^7"r/'r£"/i'.4) 103 XL The True Bugs. Aphides, and Scale ly^sECTS{HEM/pp£RA) 107 XII. The Beetles {Coleoptera) 136 XIII. The Butterflies and Moths {Lepidoptera) .... 172 XIV. The Flies, Mosquitoes, and Midges {Diptera) . . . 218 XV. The Saw-Flies, Ichneumons, W^-\sps, Bees, and Ants {Hymenoptera) 243 PART III. LABORATORY EXERCISES XVL The External Anatomy of the Locust 275 X\TI. A Comparison of the Different Types of Arthropoda 284 XATII. A Comparison of Different Types of Insects; Struc- ture of the Bee, Fly, and Beetle 287 XIX. The Internal Anatomy of the Locust 290 XX. The Mouth-Parts of Insects 294 XXI. The Life History of Insects 298 XXII. The Classification of Insects 302 XXIII. Methods of Collecting Insects 330 XXIV. Methods of Preserving and Studying Insects . . . 343 APPENDIX 359 INDEX AND GLOSSARY 363 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION A professor of entomology in one of the leading universities has recently been quoted as saying that this is " the age of in- sects." Doubtless most of us have been accustomed to consider it "the age of man," but although man's sway is dominant in all parts of the earth, there is considerable evidence that, from a purely biological standpoint, insects are the most characteristic form of life of the present age, and the statement quoted challenges our attention for more than a passing consideration. That such a statement should be made by a well-known ento- mologist, and should be widely quoted, is significant of the present attitude of the public toward insect life, which has changed radi- cally during the last generation. Not many years ago the entomol- ogist, or " bug collector," was looked upon as a harmless individual who amused himself with his hobby ; and as he was met with his butterfly net, the passer-by might lift his eyebrows as if questioning whether a grown man who would devote himself to such insignifi- cant creatures was really quite normal. To-day the public has come to appreciate that insect life plays a most important part in the economy of our civilization. Some of the problems which require the work of the trained entomologist are worthy of the highest scientific training and best executive ability. Insects and disease. The modern methods of sanitation for the control of malarial fe\'er and yellow fever involve the control of mosquitoes, which transmit these diseases. More and more the sanitary measures which are making the tropics habitable for the more northern races of man are being made possible by a knowl- edge of the relation of insect life to the transmission of disease. Even the common house-fly, formerly considered a mere nuisance, 2 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY is now known to carry typhoid fever and probably various intestinal disorders, to which a large part of our infant mortality is due ; and it has been well said that, during the Cuban War, probably more American soldiers were killed through the agency of flies carrying typhoid germs than by Spanish bullets. Injury to crops. In their economic relations the insects affect- ing crops are by all odds of the most importance, many of them causing a loss of several million dollars a year to the farmers of the United States. The boll weevil destroys over $25,000,000 worth of cotton in Texas and Louisiana alone, and 10 per cent of the wheat crop of the entire country, valued at $60,000,000, is usually destroyed by insect pests. It has been estimated by competent authorities that 10 per cent of the total value of the farm products of the United States is annually lost by the ravages of insect pests, amounting to nearly $800,000,000 per annum. Injury to domestic animals. Domestic animals are affected by various insects, such as the warble, or ox-bot, and the screw worm, — which affect catde, — the sheep maggot, and many others, in- cluding the ticks, which carry Texas fever and other diseases ; so that the annual loss to live stock through insects is estimated at $175,000,000 per year. Injury to household and stored goods. Housekeepers, manufac- turers, and wholesale dealers must take into consideration the insect life which affects all sorts of vegetable and animal products, and the aggregate loss due to the insect pests of household and stored goods must in the aggregate be a considerable item in domestic economy and mercantile business. Productive insects. A few insects contribute directly to the wealth of the world : the silkworm produces over $200,000,000 worth of silk annually, and the product of the busy honey-bee amounts to over $20,000,000 per year in the United States alone. Beneficial insects. The direct relations of insects to mankind are by no means the most important phases of their ecology. The role of insects in the pollenization of fruits and flowers is fundamental to the successful fruiting and perpetuation of a large proportion of common plants. Again, a large number of insects prey upon or live within the bodies of other insects, and constitute the most impor- tant factor in the natural control of injurious species. Were it not INTRODUCTION 3 for these beneficial forms, which prevent the normal increase, many of our common injurious insects would become so numerous as to practically prohibit the growth of crops affected. Value of study of insects. The strictly economic aspect of insect life is not, however, the only phase worthy of our attention and study. The apathy with which the study of entomology was for- merly treated was unquestionably due to the general lack of interest in biology until recent years. During the last generation it has been more and more appreciated that man is but a child of nature, and that he can learn much in the proper conduct of his affairs by a study of the laws of life in general, whether of the uncivilized races of mankind, of insects, or of microscopic bacteria or protozoa. Our grandfathers hardly knew that bacteria existed ; to-day most of the science of patholog"}-, and much of the practice of medicine, is based on an understanding of their life. It would seem, therefore, that insect life should furnish a large field for the student of general biolog}', and more and more biological problems of fundamental importance are being worked out through studies of insects. That this should be the case is extremely obvious when we remember that there are over 300,000 known species of insects, including over four fifths of the described species of animals, and that at the rate at which they are being described, it has been esti- mated that over a million species exist. The immense number of insects, both of species and of individuals, is undoubtedly due to their varied structure, which enables them to live under all possible conditions. Thus the larvae of many different species are adapted so that they live entirely in water, others bore in trees and plants, some are subterranean, while still others inhabit the tissues of do- mestic animals or of other insects. By the aid of their wings the adults spread rapidly and are thus able to migrate when necessity arises. Thus the insects possess such diversity of structure and habit that they are able to live under all external conditions, and on account of their immense numbers they have been able to adapt themselves to a changing environment which would have entirely obliterated classes or species few in number. Not only are insects the most abundant form of animal life, but they exhibit the highest degree of intelligence of any of the lower or invertebrate animals. The wisdom of the ant and the industry 4 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY and domestic economy of the honey-bee are proverbial, and new observations are constantly showing the wonderful intelligence, if it may be so called, evinced by many insects hitherto but little known. No class of animals is more fascinating or better rewards the study of the nature lover, as may be slightly appreciated from the perusal of the habits described in succeeding pages. , It may now be evident, in view of the immense preponderance of species and individuals of insects in the animal kingdom, and their important role in the economy of nature, that there is some ground for describing the present as " the age of insects," though the term is of course used from a purely biological standpoint. PART I. THE STRUCTURE AND GROWTH OF INSECTS CHAPTER II INSECTS AND THEIR NEAR RELATIVES If we are to study insects, it is necessary that we should have a clear conception of just what an insect is and how insects may be distinguished from other animals. Most of us recognize bees, flies, beetles, and butterflies as insects, but other forms of insect life we c m Fig. I. Earthworm m, mouth ; r, girdle, or clitellum. (After Jordan and Heath) should probably call "worms," and various insectlike animals are commonly termed " insects." The animal kingdom is divided into two large groups of animals, — those having a backbone, the Vertebrates, and those without a backbone, the Invertebrates. In the former are included all the Fig. 2. Diagram to express the fundamental structure of an arthropod (7, antenna ; a/, alimentary canal ; b, brain ; d, dorsal vessel ; ex, exoskeleton ; /, limb ; «, ner\-e chain ; .f, subesophageal ganglion. (After Schmeil, from Folsom) higher animals, such as the fishes, reptiles, birds, and mammals ; while in the latter are included all the lower forms of life, which are usually smaller in size and soft-bodied, as the molluscs, echino- derms, worms, insects, and their relatives. 5 6 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY The Invertebrata are divided into several branches, or phyla (sin- gular, phylum), which divisions are based on fundamental differences in the body structure of the animals in these groups. Of these phyla there are two which have the body made up of a series of segments and were at one time classed together as the Artiadata. Fig. 3. A lobster; a typical crustacean The first of these two phyla, the Vermes, or worms, has no jointed appendages, while the second, the Arthropoda, is characterized by having jointed appendages on either several or all segments of the body, from which the term "Arthropoda," from artJiron (joint) and pojis (foot), is derived. The Arthropoda include the insects, spiders, myriapods, and crustaceans, all of which are related by the possession of these jointed appendages. The distinctions between INSECTS AND THEIR NEAR RELATIVES 7 these four classes are based largely upon the manner in which the different segments are grouped together to form compact and distinct parts of the body, and by the number and position of the appendages. The Crustacea include the lobsters, crabs, crayfish, shrimps, bar- nacles, sow-bugs, etc., and are primarily distinguished from all other arthropods by the fact that they breathe by means of gills and live either in the water or in damp places. The body is divided into two main regions, the anterior segments be- ing usually covered by a single large shell forming the head-tho- rax, or cephalothorax, while the remaining segments form the ab- domen. Each segment usually bears a pair of appendages. On the head are found two pairs of antennas, and on the thorax and ab- domen are numerous appendages fitted for walking or swimming. The only crustacean commonly mistaken for an insect is the little sow-bug, or pill-bug, found in greenhouses, under boards, or in damp places (Fig. 4). These rarely do any damage and may be readily distinguished from insects by the two pairs of antennas and the numerous appendages. The gills are to be found under plates on the lower side of the abdomen. The Arachnida include the spiders, scorpions, ticks, and mites, and are almost entirely terrestrial. The body is divided into the cephalothorax and abdomen, as in the Crustacea, but there are no antennae and but four pairs of legs. Although ticks and mites are not insects, yet they are so nearly related, and their injuries to plants and animals are so similar to insect depredations, that they are com- monly included in economic entomology. Spiders are, if anything, Fig. 4. Sow-bug, or pill-bug {Porcellis laevis) Enlarged. (After Jordan and Heath) ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY beneficial, though they feed on beneficial as well as on injurious insects, while scorpions are found only in tropical countries and are chiefly a nuisance on account of their poisonous sting. The Myriapoda include the myri- apods and centipedes, commonly called thousand-legs. Their body consists of a distinct head and a long abdomen, all of the segments of which are similar, and each of which bears a pair of legs, so that they are readily distinguished from all other arthropods. In many ways the myriapods are more closely re- lated to the insects than either of A few species sometimes injure vegetables or fruits lying on or in the ground, and these are considered as within the sphere of economic entomol- ogy ; but for the most part myriapods are harmless, al- though the house centipede Fig. 5. A spider; a typical arachnid the Other classes mentioned above. Fig. 6. A myriapod Fig. 7. A parasitic fly, showing parts of a typical insect an/, antennae ; /i, head ; /, thorax ; aid, abdomen ; zf^, wings ; /, legs is a nuisance and is abhorred by the housekeeper. Some of the tropical myriapods reach relatively enormous size, being several inches long, and bear poison fangs in connection with the mouth-parts. The Insecta, or Hexapoda, include the true insects, which form the largest group of animals as far as both the number of different species and the number of individuals are concerned. About 300,000 different species have already been described, while there is probably a total of 1,000,000 species in existence. The known species form over four fifths of the total number of INSECTS AND THEIR NEAR RELATIVES 9 animals now described. The adult insects are readily recognized from the other classes of a;-thropods, but many of the immature forms, such as maggots, lack the typical characteristics of the group. The segments of the body of an insect are grouped into three distinct regions, — the head, the thorax, and the abdomen. The head bears a single pair of feelers, or antennae, the mouth-parts, and the compound eyes. The thorax bears three pairs of jointed legs and in the adult stage usually two pairs of wings, though in the flies there is but a single pair and in a few orders wings are lacking. The abdomen is usually without appendages in the adult state, although on caterpillars and other immature stages prolegs, or false legs, which are not segmented, are often found. Comparative Structure of the Classes of Arthropoda Class Pakts of Body An'TENN.B Eves Legs in;; or,,/ I 2 3 Insecta Head, thorax. abdomen One pair Compound Six Myriapoda I Head, abdomen One pair Compound One pair per segment Arachnida Head-thorax, abdomen None Simple Eight Aguah'c I 2 Crustacea Head-thorax, abdomen Two pairs Compound Many CHAPTER III ANATOMY OF INSECTS — EXTERNAL Body structure. The extinct ancestors of the insects were doubtless elongate, wormlike animals composed of a series of cylindrical segments very similar in structure and with a pair of jointed appendages attached to each segment. The mouth being Fig. 8. Types of insect antennae A, filiform, from grasshopper {Sckisiocoxa mnericana) ; B, clubbed, or clavate, from teneb- rionid beetle {Xyctobates fcnnsylvatiiats) ; C, pectinate, or feathered, from a moth ; Z), aris- tate, with dorsal plumose arista, from a fly ; E, lamellate, from a May-beetle {Lachnosiema fused) ; F, moniliform, from a beetle at the anterior end, the appendages near it were developed to secure and tear up the food. Thus the mouth-parts were gradu- ally evolved, and -the segments bearing them grew closer together until they coalesced and formed a single well-defined region, the head. With the development of wings the appendages of the pos- terior segments were useless and soon disappeared, and the legs on the three segments immediately back of the head became ANATOMY OF INSECTS — EXTERNAL 1 1 further specialized as organs of locomotion. With the development of the large muscles necessary for the propulsion of the wings and legs, these three segments back of the head became sharply differ- entiated from the rest, so that they now form a quite distinct region, the thorax. The remaining posterior segments, called the abdomen, having lost most of their appendages, are quite similar in form, with the exception of those at the extreme posterior end, where the shape of the segments and of their appendages has been modified in connection with the external sexual organs. The insect is therefore divided into three well-defined parts, — the head, the thorax, and the abdomen, — which are composed of more or less visible segments. The head. The embryolog}' and nen'ous system of the head show that it was originally com- posed of six segments, almost no traces of which are now discernible except their append- ages, of which four pairs are rec- ognizable as homologous with the thoracic legs and the ab- dominal appendages of lower ' , I'Xir,!'" forms. These appendages con- . , r ,, r 1 . FiG- Q- Head of drone bee, showing: SlSt of the feelers, or antennas, compound and simple eyes and three pairs of mouth-parts. ^^^^^^ ^ ^ Comstock) The head also bears a pair of compound eyes and often a variable number of simple eyes, or ocelli. Antennae. The antennae are often called feelers, indicating their principal function as sense organs, which will be discussed in con- sidering the senses. The shape of the antennae is very different in different groups of insects, as is also the number of segments, both of which characters are of the greatest importance in dis- tinguishing the various groups. In the case of the katydid the threadlike antennae are much longer than the body, while in some flies they are reduced to mere knobs with a single strong bristle. The different shapes of the segments give rise to many different characteristic types of antennae, some of the more important of which are shown in Fig. 8. In many cases, notably in the moths 12 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY and mosquitoes, the antennse of the sexes are quite different, so that the sexes are readily distinguishable. Eyes. On either side of the antennae are found the large com- pound eyes, often forming the larger part of the side of the head, and sometimes, as in the dragon-fly and horse-fly, forming the major portion of the head. The compound eyes are usually oval or circular in outline, and are called compound because, when examined under a lens, they are seen to be composed of large numbers of hexagonal areas, called facets. The number of these facets varies from 50 in certain ants to 4000 in the house-fly and -mx.p lab Hb.p Fig. 10. Face of grasshopper ani, antenna ; c/, clypeus ; eye, compound eye ; /al>, labium : /fir, labrum ; 3./, labial palpi ; mx.f, maxillary palpi ; oc, ocellus 27,000 in certain sphinx moths. Between the compound eyes, on the front, or vertex, of the head, are two or three small oval or circular simple eyes, called ocelli. Caterpillars and other larvae have no compound eyes, but on either side of the head have a group of from four to six ocelli. In many flies and bees the com- pound eyes of the male are larger and closer together than those of the female, this being due, possibly, to the male's leading a more active life. Mouth-parts. The mouth-parts are of prime importance, both from an economic and from a systematic standpoint. Upon their structure depends the kind of insecticide which may be effectively ANATOMY OF INSECTS — EXTERNAL 13 used, and their structure is so constant and characteristic in different groups as to furnish one of the best means of classification. Most of the orders possess one of the two main t}'pes of mouth-parts, — -those^^foffBe^— for- Hting /mandibulatej, a«4 those formed -^or ■sneking (suctorial; or haustellate)*. The bit-' '^ % ? <0 —^J^t'' ' a. ^O ^>SJ' 1 4J to '^"V-/ ^ 1 '? ^ \ 7^1 0) r2 ^ o> / cJ5 o \ / d N \^ £ the mesothorax and metathorax of most adult insects bear a pair of wings. The prothorax is usually smaller than the two posterior seg- ments, the relative size of which de- pends upon which pair of wings is the better developed. The dorsal surface, or back, of a tho- racic segment is called the tcrgutn, or notiiin, the ven- tral or under sur- face is the stejiinni, and each side is a plcnnnn. These parts are further divided by sutures into distinct plates, or sclcrites, to which the appendages are articulated. The de- velopment, shape, size, and position of these sclerites are characters of such uniformity that the sclerites are used in classifying in- sects, in much the same way as are the bones of the vertebrate animals. 22 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Emp^ --Cla Fig. 24. Typical insect lej C.v, coxa ; C/a, claws ; Emp, empodia ; F^ femur ; Tar, tarsal segments ; Tb, tibia ; 7)-, trochanter. (After Snodgrass, United States Department of Agriculture) Legs. The legs articulate with the sternum and pleurum and con- sist of five parts, — the coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, and tarsus. The base of the coxa forms the joint of the leg to the body, which is either of the ball- and-socket or of the hinge type. The tro- chanter is a small, in- termediate segment, which in parasitic Hy- menoptera is double. The femur is the largest segment in the leg, and in grass- hoppers and other jumping insects is strongly developed by the muscles with- in. The tibia is usu- ally long and slender. The tarsus is usually composed of several similar segments, five being the typical number. The last segment usually bears a pair of sharp claws in adult insects and a single claw in larvae. Between the claws of most adult insects is a little pad, called a pulvilhis, or enipodijim, a suckerlike organ which enables them to walk upon smooth surfaces and to cling to objects when upside down. Nearly all adult and most larval insects have three pairs of thoracic legs, but many boring and parasitic larvae have lost them entirely. The legs are often greatly modified according to the habits of the insect, not only for locomotion, but for grasping, digging, and other purposes. The legs of most beetles are typical of walking insects. In jumping insects, like the grasshopper and flea beetles, the hind femora are greatly developed. In digging insects, such as the mole cricket and cicada nymphs, the tibia and tarsus of the fore- legs are developed as shovels. The forelegs of many predacious insects, such as the mantis, assassin bugs, and others, bear teeth upon the opposing surfaces of the tibia and femur, which make them efficient grasping organs. The legs of the bees are highly developed : the forelegs bear a comb for cleaning the antennae, ANATOMY OF INSECTS — EXTERNAL -J the metatarsi bear a series of spines used as a pollen comb, and the metatibiae bear a fringe of hairs on the outer surface surround- ing what is called the pollen basket, adapted for carr)'ing pollen. Fig. 25. Types of insect legs A, grasshopper {Schistoccrca amcjicaua) ; B, a cicindelid beetle {C'uhidela b-giittata) ; C, a gyrinid beetle {Dinculcs vittatiis) ; /?, a ) oung mantis ; £', a mole cricket (Giyllotalpa borcalis) In aquatic forms the legs are variously developed for swimming or skimming over the surface. The males frequently have the fore- legs developed for grasping the females, as in the suckerlike disks on the fore tarsi of the predacious diving beetles {Dytiscidac). In general, insects which are strong fliers and are usually on the wing have weak legs. Wings. Millions of years ago insects became the pioneers in aerial navigation by the development of wings, which have un- doubtedly been chiefly responsible for the enormous development of insects as a class, living in all latitudes and environments. The largest existing insects are certain tropical moths whose wings expand nearly a foot, but fossils from the coal age show that immense phasmids (nearly related to grasshoppers) then existed, with a wing ex- panse of over two feet. The largest wings are not, however, always the most serviceable, and the strongest fliers are usually of medium size. The wings pre- sent a variation of structure in almost every group, and, with the Fig. 26. Hypothetical type of wing venation (Adapted from Comstock and Needham) 24 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY mouth-parts, form the most important basis for classification. Thus most of the orders are distinguished by differences in the wings, as indicated by their names, which usually end in -ptera (from ptcron, a wing), and many insects may be classified to the genus or even to the species by the wings alone, this being particularly true of fossil forms, in which the wings are often the only parts well preserved. Most adult insects possess two pairs of wings, borne by the meso- thorax and metathorax, but in some parasitic orders the wings have been lost, and one order, the Thysanura, represents the primitive insect without wings. In the flies (Diptera) only the mesothoracic wings are developed, and the metathoracic wings are represented by clublike appendages, called Jialtcrcs, or balancers. The relative shape and size of the two pairs vary greatly, and frequently the two wings of each side over- lap or are held together by various structures, so that they act as a single organ. The wings are strengthened by numerous thickenings, called veins, whose number and position form the basis of the classification of families, genera, and species. It has been shown by Professors Comstock and Needham that the prin- cipal veins are homologous in all the orders of insects, and that they have been derived from one original type, either by the disap- pearance of certain veins, by their growing together, or by the addition of supplementary veins. The typical longitudinal veins, as shown in Fig. 26, are the costa, snbcosta, radius, media, cubitus, and anals. The costa {c) is unbranched and strengthens the anterior margin of the wing. The subcosta {sc) is typically two- branched, though often single, and, where the costa is small or wanting, appears to be the first, or anterior, vein. The radius (/-) is typically five-branched, the base of the second principal branch, from which the four posterior branches divide, being known as the radial sector. The media {m) is typically four-branched, though often but two or three branches are present. Cubitus {cu) has Fig. 27. Wing of house-fly (Ahtsca doniesii- ca), showing speciahzation of wing venation through reduction of veins c, costa ; r, radius ; m, media ; ai, cubitus ; a, anal. (After Comstock) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — EXTERNAL 25 usually two branches. The anal veins (a) are typically three in number, but often one or two are lost, and in other groups the anal area is greatly expanded and they become many-branched. Specialization by reduction in the number of veins is seen in the wings of the flies, bees, and butterflies and moths, while special- ization by addition is found in the wings of Orthoptera and the neuropterous orders. In several orders the front wings are modified to form wing- covers for the hind wings and are not used in flight. Thus the front wings of the beetles, called elytra, are hard and horny, those of the grasshoppers are leathery, and those of the bugs are leath- ery at the base, with membranous tips. In addition to be- ing organs of flight, the wings sometimes have other functions. Thus in crickets and other Orthoptera the wings bear sound- producing structures, and the honey-bee maintains the temperature of its hive by the body heat derived from the incessant motion of the wings. Abdomen. The ten segments of the abdomen are the most dis- tinct and simple of the body. The jointed appendages have been almost entirely lost in adult insects, and the abdomen merely houses the respiratory, digestive, and genital systems, the posterior seg- ments being modified in connection with the external sexual organs. In the lowest order, the Thysanura, rudimentary abdominal append- ages still exist, and caterpillars and other larvae frequently bear several pairs of fleshy, unsegmented prolegs, or false legs, bearing a circlet of hooks at the tip. In several orders the females bear an ovipositor, or ^gg guide, which has been developed from a speciali- zation of the appendages of the seventh, eighth, and ninth seg- ments. The females of many grasshoppers and crickets bear large Fig. ;8. Wing of May-fly, showing specialization of wing venation by addition of wing veins Lettering as in Fig. 27. (After Folsom) 26 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY ovipositors, with which they are enabled to insert their eggs in the ground or in wood, but the greatest development of the ovipositor is found among hymenopterous insects in which it is formed for sawing, boring, or stinging. Another pair of jointed appendages, Fig. 29. Ovipositor of periodical cicada At rest at A, and exserted at B called ccrci, are frequently found attached to the tenth abdominal segment. They are quite variable in length, but in May-flies are as long as the body and resemble very slender antennae projecting backward from the abdomen. In most cases they are tactile organs, but in the cockroach they assist in smelling. The number of visible abdom- inal segments varies from five to eleven in different orders, and fre- quently the number is different on the upper, or dorsal, and under, or ventral, sides. The structure of the anal segments is usually different in the sexes and furnishes impor- tant characters for classification. Integument. Before studying the internal anatomy, the skin, or integument, of the insect should be considered. This has become hardened so that it forms a firm outer skeleton, to which the mus- cles and internal organs are attached. Thus the parts of the insect skin, as have been described, are analogous to the bony skeleton Fig. 30. Section through skin of a beetle ( Cluysohothris) b, basement membrane ; c', primary cutic- ula ; C-, secondary cuticula ; h, hypoder- mis cell ; ?i, nucleus. (After Tower, from Folsom) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — EXTERNAL 27 of higher animals in that they support the tissues of the body, and their structure is characteristic of the different groups. This hard- ening of the skin is found in all arthropods and is due to a sub- stance, called cJiitin, which is formed by the lower layer of cells of the skin, the hypodermis, and which forms an impervious, hard layer over the body of the entire animal, though but slightly devel- oped in the membranous joints between the segments. Chemically, chitin is somewhat akin to silk, or to the spongin of the sponge skele- ton. It is unaffected by ordinary acids and alkalies, though soluble in sodic or potassic hypochlorite. The insolubility of chitin is of importance in the consideration of insecticides, for there is hardly anything that can be applied to any but the most soft-bodied insects which will corrode the skin without injuring the foliage of the plants upon which they feed. The surface of the chitinous skin may be smooth or pitted, wrinkled, striated, granulated, or marked in various characteristic ways. The chitin is not only developed by the outer skin but is formed on the surface of the entire epider- mis, including the lining of the anterior part of the alimentary tract and the respiratory tubes, or trachea, as can be seen by the exam- ination of a cast skin after an insect has molted. CHAPTER IV ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL The general arrangement of the internal organs of an insect may be understood by a study of transverse and longitudinal sec- tions, as shown in Figs. 31 and 32, Attached to the inside of Fig. 31. Ideal section through an insect a, alimentary canal ; h, heart ; n, nerve cord ; s, stigmata, or spiracles ; /, tracheal tubes ; /, legs; 7(', wings. (From Riverside Natural Histor)') the body wall are found layers of longitudinal and vertical mus- cles which control the body movements. Through the center of the body runs a large tube, the alimentary canal, or digestive tract. » _ »» h Fig. 32. Ideal longitudinal section of an insect, showing relative position of organs a, alimentary canal ; //, heart ; Jii, muscle bands ; «, nerve cord ; r, reproductive organs. (After Comstock) Just beneath the back is a small, transparent tube, the dorsal blood vessel, or heart. Along the median line, close to the ventral wall, is a series of small white knots, or ganglia, connected by a double 28 ANATOMY OF INSB:CTS — INTERNAL 29 cord, which form the nervous system. On either side of each seg- ment is a small opening through the body wall, called a spiracle, through which air is admitted to the breathing tubes, which branch to all parts of the body and form the respiratory system. The re- productive organs are found in the posterior segments of the abdo- men and have a separate opening just below the anus. The digestive system. The digestive tract, or alimentary canal, consists of a more or less straight tube, occupying the larger part of the center of the body and divided into parts with special functions, whose development depends upon the food habits of the insect. Pharynx. The food, after being torn to pieces and ground up by the mouth-parts, is received into the pharynx (often called the Fig. TyTj. Digestive and excretory system of a grasshopper c, crop; g^ gizzard, or proventriculus concealed by caeca; g.c^ gastric caeca; /./, large intes- tine ; m, mouth ; ;«./, Malpighian tubes ; 0, esophagus ; r, rectum ; s, stomach ; s.g, salivary glands ; j./', small intestine mouth), lying within the head, and in which it is acted upon by the saliva. In sucking insects the pharynx acts as a pumping organ, as already described. The saliva is secreted by the salivary glands, which lie along the esophagus in the thorax, whose ducts open at the base of the tongue (hypopharynx). The saliva acts on starch, changing it into glucose as in the vertebrates ; in some carnivorous insects it acts on the proteids and is sometimes used to poison the prey ; in mosquitoes the poisonous saliva prevents the coagu- lation of the blood of animals, though its original function may so ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY ..a/.C have been to act on the proteids of plant juices. In most cater- pillars, of which the silkworm is the best example, and in many other insect larvae, certain salivary glands have become specialized so that their secretion hardens upon coming in contact with the air and forms the silk of which their cocoons are spun. Esophagus. The esophagus is a straight tube passing from the pharynx to the crop or gizzard, or directly into the stomach. Crop. The crop is practically a dilation of the posterior end of the esophagus and in herbivorous insects forms the larger part of the digestive tract. The food is stored in the crop until the action of the saliva has been completed, changing the starches into glucose sugar and the albuminoids into as- similable, peptonelike substances. In many insects which feed on liquids, the storage capacity of the crop is increased by a lateral pocket, which in some cases forms a separate sac communicating with the crop by a short neck. The walls of the crop contain a layer of muscles which force the food back into the gizzard when it is suffi- ciently digested. Gizzard. The gizzard {provoi- tricnhis) is found best developed in biting insects, such as grass- hoppers and beetles, which feed on coarse food, and is but slightly developed or absent in many orders. It is termed "gizzard" because it somewhat resembles the gizzard of a bird and was supposed to function similarly. It is a small, very muscular organ, lined within with strong chitinous teeth, or ridges, which strain the food, pre- venting the passage of large particles into the true stomach. Some have thought that these ridges aid in grinding the food, but this seems doubtful. Usually a valve allows the food to be forced from the gizzard back into the stomach, but prevents its return. Fig. 34. Cockroach dissected to show ahmentary canal and bands of muscles (xl.c, alimentary canal. (After Hatshek and Cori, from Jordan and Kellogg) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL Stomach. The stomach {ve7itric?iliis) is usually a simple tube somewhat larger in diameter than the esophagus or intestine, but of variable size and strength. As the food passes into the stomach it is acted upon by the secretions of the ccecal tubes {gastric caca) which are glandular pouches, or tubes, opening into the anterior end of the stomach. Their number, size, and shape are quite vari- able, and they secrete a weak acid which emulsifies fats and con- verts albuminoids into peptones. The stomach is not lined with chitin, as is the rest of the alimentary tract, but is glandular and secretes a neutral or alkaline fluid which aids in the further diges- tion of the food. The chief function of the stomach, however, is to absorb the digested food and pass it into circulation. Fig. 35. Digestive canal of a carabid beetle h, esophagus : c, crop ; d, proventriculus ; f, stomach with its caeca ; g, posterior portion of stomach ; //, intestine ; /, two pairs of Malpighian tubes ; k, rectum ; /, anal glands. (After Dufour) Intestine. The food passes from the stomach into the intestine through a pyloric valve which prevents its passage backward. The intestine is divided into three fairly distinct parts, the ileum, colon, and rectum. The length and size of these parts varies greatly ac- cording to the food of the insect, the ileum often being considerably coiled. In the ileum the digested food materials are absorbed and passed into the blood circulation ; the colon, which is often absent, contains undigested matter and waste products ; while the rectum has thick, muscular walls and expels the feces through the anus, which opens through the last segment of the abdomen. Malpighian tubes. Opening into the intestine, just back of the stomach, are several small, slender tubes, variable in number, in which uric acid is found, and which are considered to be excretory organs similar in function to the kidneys of higher animals. 32 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY When arsenical insecticides are applied to the food of biting insects, the arsenic must be in the most insoluble form, to avoid burning the foliage, and it is therefore not dissolved until it reaches the stomach, when, having been mixed with the digestive juices mentioned, it becomes sufficiently soluble to be absorbed by the walls of the stomach and ileum. Some insects are able to consume a large amount of poison before an amount sufficient to kill them is dissolved and absorbed. In such cases poisons are some- times of no avail, because serious injur}' is done before the pest is brought under control, and other means must be employed. In the young stages of insects the digestion, and consequent growth, is ex- tremely rapid. A caterpillar will frequently eat and digest two or three times its own weight in a day. Thus the silkworm, when it hatches from the egg, weighs but one twentieth of a grain, but in 56 days, when full grown, it has consumed 120 oak leaves, weighing three fourths of a pound, and half an ounce of water, or 86,000 times its original weight, of which food 207 grains have been assimilated, one fourth of a pound has been voided as excrement, and five ounces have evaporated as water. Circulatory system. The d/ood vessels of an insect are exceed- ingly simple, consisting of a single dorsal tube, or heart, which Fig. 36. Diagram of a portion of the heart of a dragon-fly nymph o, ostium ; v, valve. The arrows indicate the course of the blood. (After Kolbe, from Folsom) Fig. 37. Diagram to indicate the course of the blood in the nymph of a dragon-fly a, aorta ; /;, heart. The arrows show the direction taken by currents of blood. (After Kolbe, from Folsom) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL 33 extends the length of the body along the median line just beneath the notum. In the abdomen of adult insects this tube is divided into several chambers, each of which has a valve at either side, allowing the blood to flow into it but preventing its escape. The chambers are also separated by valves which allow the blood to flow forward but prevent its backward passage. The abdominal part of the tube, the heart proper, pulsates and drives the blood toward the head, while the forward part is a simple blood vessel, called the aorta, which usually divides in the head, where it ends abruptly, allowing the blood to flow into the body cavity. Thus the blood is admitted to the heart by the lateral valves, is forced forward to the head, and thence flows in more or less defined currents F^iG. 38. Portion of a trachea of a caterpillar, with its branches (After Leydig, from Gegenbauer) throughout the body, bathing all the organs. The pulsation of the heart and the flow of the blood may be observed in many thin- skinned larvae and nymphs. The blood consists of a watery fluid, — the plasma, or serum, — and the white corpuscles, or leucocytes. Usually colorless, it is often yellowish or greenish. The blood has almost nothing to do with the aeration of the tissues, that being done by the respiratory system, as described below, its chief function being to nourish the tissues with the food materials that it carries. Respiratory system. Insects have no lungs, but breathe through a system of tubes, called tracJica, which extend to all parts of the body, bringing fresh air to the tissues and carrying off the carbon dioxide. On either side of two thoracic segments, and on all the ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY abdominal segments but the last two or three are small openings called spiracles, or stigmata, which are the external openings through which air is admitted to the trachea. The spiracles are guarded by hairs and other devices, to prevent the ingress of dust and foreign matter, and each has a valve operated by a special muscle which opens and closes it. From each spiracle a short tube extends inward and opens into a main tracheal tube which extends along the side of the body. There are commonly two of these main tubes, or tracheal trunks, on either side of the body, which give off three main branches in each segment. The upper branch goes to the dorsal muscles, the middle one branches to the alimentary canal and reproductive organs, and the lower one supplies the nerve cord and ventral muscles. These branches divide and subdivide into the finest tubes, which penetrate all the tissues, run- ning between the muscle fibers ; some authorities state that they may even en- ter individual cells. They do not end blindly, but anastomose so as to form a capillary network, so that a contin- uous circulation of air is possible. By opening the spiracles the air enters the tracheal system, and it is expelled by muscles which cause a vertical con- traction of the body walls and thus force it out. The rhythmic expansion and contraction of the body occurs at a regular rate, dependent upon the temperature and the activity of the insect, and resembles the breathing of higher animals. Many insects are provided with large air sacs which serve as air reservoirs. The trachea are readily recognized by their striated appearance, which is due to a thickening of the cuticle into a thread, which lies on the inner surface in a compact spiral, like a compressed spiral spring, and thus prevents the collapse of the tubes. Fig. 39. Diagram of tracheal system in body of a beetle j/, spiracles ; /;•, trachea. (After Kolbe) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL 35 In aquatic insects various respiratory devices have been developed. Many of them (May-fly, dragon-fly, stone-fly, and mosquito nymphs) bear tracheal gills which consist of a leaflike expansion, or a tuft of thin filaments, into which the trachea extend and divide into a fine network. The oxygen of the water passes through the gill mem- brane into the air of the trachea, and thus the air of the tracheal system is purified. No true gills, — that is, gills carrying blood vessels, like those of fishes, — are found in insects. Other aquatic insects carry a thin film of air with them, either by means of a thick coating of fine hairs to which air bubbles adhere, or beneath the wing-covers. The trachea are sometimes prolonged into tubes which pro- ject beyond the tip of the abdomen and extend to the surface of the water or mud in which these insects live. From the above description it is evident that insects possess the best-developed type of respir- atory system, _ extending as it does to all the tissues of the body, giving them a constant supply of fresh air and carrying off the waste gases. \\'ith an ample food supply this makes possible a rapid oxidation of the tissues, and undoubtedly is one of the chief reasons for the wonderful muscular activity, working power, and endurance of insects. The structure of the respiratory system is of great practical im- portance in combating insect pests. Many insects which cannot be destroyed with arsenical poisons are killed by contact insecti- cides in either a spray or a dust form. These contact insecticides destroy the insect by entering or clogging the spiracles or trachea. Oils are particularly valuable because they spread and pass readily through the hairs which guard the spiracles. Soap solutions leave a gummy deposit, when the water evaporates, which clogs the trachea. Finely divided dusts, such as fine tobacco dust, pyrethrum, and even air-slaked lime or road dust, will clog the spiracles of many insects. Insects living in grain, stored products, and other inac- cessible places are often destroyed by the use of poisonous gases, such as carbon bisulphide and hydrocyanic acid gas, which quickly Fig. 40. Diagram of trachea in head of cockroach /, trachea, or air tubes. Note branches to all the mouth-parts and the antennas. (After Miall and Denny) 36 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY asphyxiate them through the well-developed tracheal system, though occasionally the valves of the spiracles are so well developed that an insect may keep them closed for a long time, so that fumiga- tion, in order to be fatal, must be prolonged. Muscular system. Insects are well provided with powerful mus- cles, a caterpillar having some two thousand. The muscles are yellowish in color, and the fibers are striated as in the voluntary muscles of vertebrates. The simplest type of muscles is found in larvae and in the abdominal segments of adult insects, where the adc abc Fig. 41. Muscles of cockroach, of ventral, dorsal, and lateral walls, respectively «, alary muscle : abc, abductor of coxa ; adc, adductor of coxa ; h, longitudinal sternal ; //, longitudinal tergal ; ////, longitudinal thoracic ; os, oblique sternal ; ts, tergo-sternal ; ts^, first tergo-sternal. (After Miall and Denny) muscles of each segment are very similar, forming segmented bands on the inside of the body wall. The longitudinal muscles beneath the tergum and above the sternum are arranged so that, when they contract, the body bends in that direction, and by their rhythmic contraction the looping walk of the caterpillar is produced. Oblique-sternal muscles bend the abdomen laterally, and vertical muscles draw the tergum and sternum together in expiration. The thorax of adult insects is filled with the strong muscles which operate the wings and legs, and the muscles which operate the mouth-parts occupy the back of the head. ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL ;7 The work performed by the muscles of insects appears prodigious compared with that done by higher animals. Thus the weakest insect can pull over twenty times its weight. A house-fly can carry a match, to equal which a man would need to carry a timber thirty-five feet long and as large around as his body. An earwig can lift twelve times its weight, and a honey-bee, in flight, carries four fifths of its weight. A small insect is relatively stronger than a large one, and the relative strength of insects is largely accounted for by their small size. This is due to the fact that the weight increases as the cube of a single dimension, while the strength of a muscle increases as the square of its diameter. The endurance and rapidity of muscular action of insects is no less mar- velous. By determin- ing the pitch of the note made by the wing vibrations of a gnat, physicists have shown that its wings may move as much as fifteen thou- sand times per minute. The prolonged vibra- tion of the honey-bee's wings is another instance of remarkable muscular endurance. Nervous system. The nervous system consists of a series of small white ganglia which are connected by a double nerve cord lying along the bottom of the body cavity. In the larvae there is usually one ganglion to each segment, but in the adult insects the ganglia are often fused together, those of the thorax and an- terior abdominal segments having grown together, as well as those toward the tip of the abdomen. In the head the ganglia have grown together to form the brain, which lies just above the esoph- agus and which is connected with the subesophageal ganglion by a double nerve cord, one commissure of which passes on either side Fig. 42. Nervous system of honey-bee, at a, and of its larva, at h, showing the simple type of the larva and the specialization in the adult due to fusion of the ganglia 38 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY of the esophagus, thus forming a nerve collar. The brain gives off nerves to the eyes, antennae, palpi, and other sensory organs of the head, receiving the sensory stimuli and controlling the coor- dinated muscular movements. In a general way the brain is the seat of whatever "' will " an insect may have. The subesophageal ganglion coordinates the movements of the mouth-parts, as well as some bodily movements. The thoracic and abdominal ganglia give off nerves to all parts of their segments, the movements of which they control. They are more or less independent, each Fig. 43. Nervous system of head of cockroach a, antenna! nerve ; ag, anterior lateral ganglion of sympathetic system ; /', brain ; d, salivary duct ; /, frontal ganglion ; h, hypopharj'nx ; /, labrum ; //, labium ; ;«, mandibular nerve ; mx, maxillary nerve ; «/, nerve to labrum ; «//, nerve to labium ; 0, optic nerve ; oc, esophageal commissure ; oe, esophagus ; pg, posterior lateral ganglion of sympathetic system ; ;-, recurrent nerve of sympathetic system ; s, subesophageal ganglion. (After Hofer, from Folsom) forming a nerve center for its segment. Thus a decapitated insect will walk or fl)', and the abdomen of a grasshopper will continue to breathe, these functions being controlled by the seg- mental ganglia, though lacking coordination. In addition to the main nervous system there is a sympathetic system, one part of which runs along the upper part of the alimentary canal and con- trols the digestive process, while a small ventral sympathetic nerve gives off branches which control the spiracle muscles. Dr. J. B. Smith, in his "" Economic Entomology," gives an interesting account of some experiments which show the relation of the brain and ganglia to the body : ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL I found that if I cut off the abdomen completely, the fly would live for twenty-four hours thereafter ; with practically no digestive system, and with most of its heart gone. Turning the matter, 1 cut off the head, and found that it would live without a head for just about as long a time as it would without an abdomen. Of course death was bound to result from this mutilation in time, but the interesting feature is that no apparent symptom of pain developed. I found, however, that just as soon as I cut the large ganglion in the middle of the thorax I terminated life. Whatever sentimental feeling there may be in the matter of causing unnecessary pain, there is no reason to believe that insects have any well-developed sensitiveness, as we understand that term. The character of the insect nervous system is so entirely different from that of our own that we are left without real guides in our interpretation of the various sensitive structures. Man judges most things by himself, and where this guide fails, he is at a loss and cannot be certain that he interprets what he sees correctly. The senses of insects. Sight. Attention has already been called to the simple eyes, or ocelli, and the compound eyes. An ocellus consists of a lens, vitreous body, retina, and nerve, much like the eye of vertebrates, but its form is fixed, and as there is therefore no power of accommodation to the distance between it and the object seen, its power of vision must be extremely limited. As far as the ocelli are concerned, in- sects must be very nearsighted, for they are quite convex and will only focus at one distance, which must be short. Ex- periments have shown that light and darkness are distin- guished by the ocelli, for if the compound eyes of a grasshop- per are covered with varnish, it can find its way out of a box with a single opening. Prob- ably the ocelli are of more service in this way than in forming definite images, though insect larvae possess only ocelli. Fig. 44. Structure of median ocellus of honey-bee, in sagittal section /;, hypodermis ; /, lens ; «, nerve : /, iris pig- ment ; ;-, retinal cells ; v, vitreous body. (After Redikorzew, from Folsom) 40 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY I <-. The surface of the compound eye is composed of numerous hexagonal facets, each of which is the end of a single eye element called an ommatidium, which is prac- tically a separate and distinct eye. Each ommatidium is composed of the various optical elements necessary for vision, but it receives impressions only in a straight line, which form only a very small part of the total field of the insect's vision. This is due to the fact that each ommatidium is surrounded by black pigmented cells, which ab- sorb or reflect the light, as shown in Fig, 46, so that only those rays which come in a straight line impress the retina. Thus the whole view formed by the images from all the ommatidia as they reach the optic nerve must be like that of a mosaic. Insects are able to distinguish forms at but relatively short distances, vary- ing from two to five feet, and to see distinctly only near-by objects. Large eyes, as those of the dragon- fly, give a wide field of vision, and numerous facets would give a greater distinctness of vision. In- sects' eyes are well adapted to detect motion, as a moving object affects the facets in succession, and motion is thus observed without moving the eyes. They are able to distinguish colors and often respond quite definitely to them, but their color sense seems to have a different range from that of man, as ants are sensible to the ultra-violet rays. Fig. 45. Portion of compound eye of fly (Calliphora vomitoria), radial section c, cornea ; /', iris pigment ; n, nerve fibers ; >ic, nerve cells ; r, retinal pig- ment; /, trachea. (After Hickson, from Folsom) Y\G. 46. rilustrating mode of vision in compound eye " The light enters through the cornea. The rays which strike the sides of each tube or cone are absorbed by the black pigment which surrounds the tube. Ac- cordingly those rays of light only which pass through the crystalline cones directly (or are reflected from their sides), such as a-a' , b-b' , c-c' , d-d' , e-e' , will ever affect the nerves at a', b', c', d\ c'." (After Lubbock, from S. J. Hunter) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL 41 Touch. The sense of touch is very highly developed in many insects, sensory tactile hairs commonly occurring over the whole body, and the antennae, palpi, and cerci being specially developed as tactile organs. Taste. Both observation and experiment have shown that in- sects have a well-developed sense of taste, though it is often quite different from that of man, as they detect some substances but fail to perceive others, and often seem to relish substances wholly repugnant to us. The sense of taste is located in sensory hairs or microscopic pegs borne upon the tongue (see Fig. 47), or hypopharynx, on the epipharynx (a Fig. 47. Tip of tongue of honey-bee Showing labellum (LM), guard hairs (//r), and ventral groove {A), from above and below. (After Snodgrass, United States Department of Agriculture) Fig. 48. Nerve gndings in tip of maxillary palpus of (a) Loctista viridissima, and in labial palpus of {h) Alachilis polypoda. (Greatly magnified) sh, sense hairs ; sc, sense cells ; be, blood cells. (After \'om Rath, from Kellogg) sensory portion of the roof of the pharynx similar to the palate of higher animals), and on the maxillary and labial palpi. Probably the sense of smell is used more than the taste organs in choosing food. 42 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 49. Sensory cells in antennas of aphides. (Greatly magnified) Smell. Most insects depend upon their sense of smell to find their food and to discover the opposite sex. Thus beetles and flies are drawn to carrion and to decaying vegetation, and in almost all cases it seems probable that the food plant of an insect is distinguished by smell rather than by sight. A confined female Cecropia moth will often draw numerous males from a considerable distance. Experiments have shown that the antennae are the chief organs of smell, though the maxillary palpi and cerci detect certain odors and enable certain insects to smell when the antennae are removed. The olfactory function of the antennas can be very easily shown by taking an insect which is definitely attracted to some substance by smell and removing the antennas or covering them with shellac, when it will be found wholly indifferent to what was previously so attractive. Vile-smelling substances which are supposed to repel insects are usually of no value, not affect- ing the insect as they do man. Some attempts have been made to utilize the sense of smell in luring insects to destruc- tion, but as yet with no very marked success, though there is promise of possible control of some pests in this way. Hearing. There is no evidence that hearing is generally developed in insects, but in many groups we naturally infer its presence from the fact that characteristic noises are produced, as the "singing" of the cicada and katydid. These noises are produced in various Fig. 50. Antenna of la- mellicorn beetle Showing smelling pits on the expanded terminal segments. (.\fter Jordan and Kellogg) Fig. 51. face of Under sur- right wing of the male cricket. (Enlarged) 7, rasp ; 2, position of scraper, only scraper of the left wing used; j, attachment of wing. (Af- ter Linville and Kelly) ANATOMY OF INSECTS — INTERNAL 43 ways. Thus flies and bees buzz with their wings in rapid vibra- tion, and the singing of the male cieada is produced by the rapid vibration of a pair of membranes on the first abdominal segment. Many beetles squeak by rubbing the wing-covers against some rasp- like part of the body. But the grasshoppers and crickets are the leaders in the insect orchestra. Grasshoppers often produce noises in flying by rubbing the wmg-covers or by rubbing together the front and hind wings. Katydids and crickets have the best-developed musical apparatus, having a scraper on the base of one wing-cover and a vein ridged like a file on the base of the other, which, when rubbed to- gether, vibrate the neighboring mem- brane and produce the strident song, or the shrill chirp, so characteristic of these insects. That these sounds are heard by their mates is shown by the answering call of one to another, and to similar tones produced artificially. In grasshoppers a large auditory organ, or " ear," is found on either side of the first abdominal segment. It consists of a surface membrane, or tympanum, stretched over a* cavity, on the inner surface of which rest two processes, analogous to the small bones of the human ear, which carry the vibration to a delicate vesicle which connects with an auditory nerve. Similar small membranes are found on the fore-tibia of certain insects and are Fig. 52. Ear of locust {Calopteinis italictis) seen from the inner side Ty tympanum : TK^ its border : 0, 11, two bonelike processes ; /'/', pear-shaped vesicle ; n, auditory nerve ; ^^'^(7, terminal gan- glion ; sf, stigma, or spiracle ; ;//, opening muscle, and ;«l, closing muscle of same ; .1/, tensor muscle of the tympanic membrane. (After Ciraber) 44 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY considered probably auditor)'. In male mosquitoes, and probably in some other forms, the antennae have an auditory function which enables them to find the females, as is shown by their vibrating in unison with a tone produced by a tuning fork of the same pitch as that made by the female with her wings. Fig. 53. ^I^male mosquito Showing auditory hairs {a/i) on the antennae. (After Jordan and Kellogg) Fig. 54. Diagram of longitudinal section through first and second antennal segments of a mosquito {]\Iochlo7tyx atlicifomiis), male, showing complex auditory organ composed of fine, chitinous rods, nerve fibers, and nerve cells. (Greatly magnified) (After Child, from Kellogg) CHAPTER V ' THE GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATIONS OF INSECTS Stories of the lives of insects, or their " hfe histories," are among the most interesting and marvelous to be found in the realm of science, furnishing themes for poet, philosopher, and scientist. c-<^ ^ Egg. AH begin life in the egg stage. The shape, size, number, and position of the eggs are as different as are the many families of insects, and cannot be described in general terms. Usually they m n o p q r s Fig. 55. Eggs of different insects. (Enlarged) a, Toi-trix ; b, Liparis ; c, a Noctuid ; d, usual shape of those of a bark borer ; e. May-beetle (Lachnosternd) ; f, midge (Chironomus) ; g^ Lyda; Ii, fly {Miisca) ; /, honey-bee ; /', gall-fly {Rkodites rosac) ; /, lace-winged fly (Cluysopd) ; ?«, pomace-fly {Drosophild) ; ;;, Pentatoma : 0, back-swimmer (JVepn) ; p, butterfly {Pieris crataegi) ; ,c,d, more enlarged.) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) ( Fig. 65. Squash-bugs and nymphs at work on a young plant. (Natural size) 52 GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATIONS OF INSECTS 53 from the thorax. In another week the skin is shed for a fourth time, and the fifth stage is easily recognized as a full-grown nymph, being one third inch long, and the wing pads and thorax being much enlarged. After feeding for another nine days it molts for the last time and transforms to the winged adult, the whole growth having re- quired from four to five weeks. Adult. The new adults be- come numerous in August, but neither mate nor lay any eggs during that season, continuing to feed until the first frosts of autumn blacken the leaves, when they rapidly disappear into winter quarters.^ During the middle of the day they fly here and there in search of suitable hibernating places, and finally hide along the edges of woodlands, or beneath leaves, under logs, boards, or whatever shelter may be adjacent to the garden, where they remain dormant until called back to activity by the warm sunshine of late spring. Life history of the differential locust (Melanoplus differentialis). IjM^^ttj^ete metamorphosis. Through- out the Mississippi Valley, from Illi- nois southward, the differential locust is one of the most common and de- structive grasshoppers, and is an excel- lent example of several of our more abundant and injurious species whose life histories and feeding habits are, in general, ver}' similar. Fig. 66. First three stages of the nymphs of the differential locust. (Much enlarged) Fig. 67. Egg mass of the differential locust 1 The life history as given is for New England ; farther south the transforma- tions take place earlier and more rapidly, and in the extreme south there may be more than one generation. 54 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY XympJts. The little grasshoppers hatch about the middle of May (though we have observed hatching by the middle of March in central Texas) and are of a dusky brown color marked with yellow. The head and legs are the most prominent features of the young nymph. During their subsequent growth they molt five times, at inten^als of from ten days to two weeks, the relative size and appear- ance of the different stages being shown in Fig. 6^ . Professor H. A. Morgan, who made a careful study of an outbreak of this species in Mississippi in 1900, has given an inter- esting account of their growth and habits, from which the following is quoted : Growth. The young on first emerging from the eggs are sordid white and after an airing of an hour or two are darker, assuming a color not unHke the dark gray alluvial soil over which they feed. There are changes of color as the earlier stages are assumed, but until the close of the third stage these changes are not readily percep- tible in the field to the naked eye. At the close of stage four the greenish-yellow color becomes prominent on many forms, and in stage five the greenish-yellow and yellow ground colors predominate. The vigorous feeding and rapid growth of the young in stages four and five, and the prominence of the wing pads in stage five, cause the grasshoppers in these conditions to appear almost as conspicuous as adults. Habits. The habits of the young are interesting, and a knowledge of some of them may be helpful in developing remedies. After hatching they remain for several hours in close proximity to the egg pod from which they emerged. With this period of faint-heartedness over they may venture out for a few yards each day into the grass, weeds, or crop neighboring the egg area. Upon being disturbed they invariably make the effort to hop in the direction of their so- called nest. Nymphs emerging from eggs on a ditch bank, if forced into the water will seldom make the effort to reach the other side, but w-ill turn back to the bank from which they were driven. As development takes place the extent P'iG. 68. Last two stages of nymphs of differ- ential locust. (Enlarged) CrROWTH AND TRANSFORMATIONS OK INSECTS 55 of their peregrinations into the crop is easily traced by the shot-hole appearance of the leaves upon which they feed. The tender leaves of cocklebur are always preferred by the grasshoppers in the early stages. Young Bermuda grass is also a favorite food, and succulent grasses of all kinds are freely eaten. In the third, fourth, and fifth stages, as grass, weeds, and even shrubs disappear along the ditch banks and bayous, the crops of corn and cotton adjacent begin to show signs of vigorous attack, and the march of destruc- tion commences. ... A few hours before molting the grasshoppers tend to congregate and become sluggish. Molting varies as to time, and slightly as to manner, with different stages. In the early stages less time is required, and the operation occurs on the ground or upon low bunches of grass and weeds. Every effort of the grass- hoppers at this time seems to be to avoid conspicuity, and in doing so spare themselves, in a man- ner, enmity of parasites. After the molting of the first, second, and third stages it is not long before the young grasshoppers are suf- ficiently hardened to begin feed- ing again, but after the molt of the fourth and fifth stages, particularly the last molt, some time is required to extend the wings and dry and harden the body before feeding is reassumed. The last molt usually occurs on the upper and well- exposed leaves of corn and other plants upon which they may be feeding, though it is not uncom- mon for the grasshoppers to drop to the ground during the maneu- vers of the process. The reason for the selection of the more exposed places for the last molt is obvious. The bodies are large, and rapid drying protects them from fungous diseases which lurk in the more shaded and moist sections during the months of June and July. The last prominent habit to which we call attention is that of the fully grown grasshoppers to seek the shade offered by the growing plants during the hottest part of the day. Fk;. 69. Nymph of last stage of differential locust with cast skin, on tip of corn plant (Authors' illustration, United States Department of Agriculture) 56 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Adults. The hoppers become full grown about the first of July. The adult is about one and one half inches long, its wings expand two and one half inches, and it is of a bright yellowish-green color. Fig. 70. The differential locust. (Enlarged) (Authors' illustration, United States Department of Agriculture) The head and thorax are olive-brown, and the fore-wings are of much the same color, without other markings than a brownish shade at the base ; the hind-wings are tinged with green ; the hind thighs are bright yellow, especially below, with four black marks; the hind shanks are yel- low with black spines and a ring of the same color near the base. The adults at once attack any crops available, often finishing the destruc- tion of those injured by them as nymphs, but in a few days their ap- petites seem to become somewhat appeased and they commence to mate and to wander in search of suitable places for laying the eggs. Egg laying. Rela- tively few eggs are laid in cultivated ground, the favorite places being neglected fields grown up in grass and weeds, the edges of Fig. 71. Grasshopper ovipositing in a stump (Photograph by Weed) GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATIONS OF INSECTS 57 cultivated fields, private roadways, banks of ditches and small streams, and pasture lands. Alfalfa land is a favorite place for oviposition, and alfalfa is often seriously injured by this species. It is doubtless due to these egg-laying habits, and to the abundance of food on uncultivated land, that this species always increases enormously on land which has been flooded and then lies idle for a year or two. Most of the eggs are laid in Au- gust and early September, Each female deposits a single egg mass of about one hundred eggs just beneath the surface of the soil. During this season the fe- males may frequently be found with their abdomens thrust deep in the soil, as the process of egg laying requires some time. The eggs are arranged in an irregular yel- low mass which is coated with Fig. 72. Egg mass of the ^ aluey Sub- Stance, to which the earth ad- heres and which protects them from changes of moisture and temperature. Life history of the tent caterpillar {Malacosoma americand). fi^mplet©' meta- morphosis. With the bursting of the leaf buds in early spring the tips of the branches of apple and wild cherry trees are festooned by the small, tentlike webs of the tent caterpillar. Usually the web is formed on a small crotch, which gives it the tent shape, and farther out on the twig will be found the egg mass from which 72. Egg mass of the tent caterpillar (Photograph by Weed) Fig. 73. Web of young tent caterpillars over the egg mass (Photograph by Weed) the little caterpillars hatched, just before the leaf buds opened. 58 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY The egg mass is from one half to three fourths of an inch long and forms a grayish-brown, knotlike band around the twig, closely resembling the bark in color. Each mass contains from one hun- dred fifty to two hundred fifty eggs, placed on end, packed closely together, and covered with a layer of light brown, frothy glue, which gives a tough, smooth, glistening surface to the whole mass. The eggs are deposited by the female moths by early midsummer ; when fresh the egg mass is white, but in a few days the color darkens. Larva, or eaterpillar. Dur- ing late summer the little cater- pillars are formed within the eggs, but do not hatch until the next spring. Often they emerge before the leaf buds have expanded sufficiently to furnish any food, in which case they satisfy their appetites with the glutinous covering of the egg mass, spinning over it a thin web. Soon they are able to bore into the swollen buds, when a web is commenced at the nearest crotch. Wild cherry and apple, which are often stripped of their foliage year after year, are the favorite foods, but all the common fruit trees are more or less frequented, and sometimes the common shade trees are attacked and occasionally one is defoliated. The family instinct is very strong with the young caterpillars and all from one egg mass cooperate in spinning the tent which furnishes them shelter at night and during cold or wet weather. The tent is gradually enlarged by new layers of silk, which cover the masses of excreta in the lower layers, the caterpillars living between the outer layers. They com- mence feeding soon after sunrise, but often retire to the nest during the heat of the day, and always seek its shelter during cold days or Fiu. 74. Partly formed web of the tent caterpillar (Photograph by Weed) GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATIONS OF INSECTS 59 Fig. 75. Tent caterpillars about half grown on web (Photograph by Weed) when the sky 'becomes clouded and rain threatens. While young they feed together, each little caterpillar spinning a fine strand of silk wherever it goes, which forms a sort of trail for the others. They become full grown in six or seven weeks, during which time they have molted some four or, excep- tionally, five times, at intervals of eight or nine days, though the length of time between molts varies widely according to the food supply and weather conditions. After the fourth molt the fifth stage occupies about two weeks before the caterpillar transforms to the pupa. When full grown they become extremely restless, wan- der away from the nest, and are frequently encountered on walks and roadsides, and feed on al- most any plant found. They are now about two inches in length, deep black in color, thinly covered with yellowish hairs, with a white stripe down the mid- dle of the back. At the middle Fig. 76. Full-grown tent caterpillars on web. (Reduced) of the side of (Photograph by Weed) d^ ^^^ 7 «ii^ fc*,a^^^ l^^^v.— _ t •iJ^KlBi^HBd^^BHBB ■UB^^KIIiKminis) with the spring folded underneath the body. (Much enlarged) (After Howard and Marlatt) CHAPTER VIII COCKROACHES, GRASSHOPPERS, KATYDIDS, AND CRICKETS {ORTHOPTERA) Characteristics. Insects with four wings : the first pair, more or less leathery, not used for flight, and forming wing-covers for the hind-wings : the second pair membranous, larger, with numerous veins, and folded Uke a fan. Mouth- parts formed for biting; Metamorphosis, in60iiH^Uron (wing), referring to the straight-folded wings. The order is divided into six families, which are readily distin- guished as regards both structure and habits. 76 ORTHOPTERA 11 Cockroaches, or running Orthoptera {Blattidae). The Croton bug, or German cockroach, is a famihar pest in all eastern cities, wherever kitchens, pantries, and living rooms are not kept scru- pulously clean. The name "Croton bug," as well as that of " water bug," comes from the fact that it was introduced into New York City about the same time as the Croton water system, with which it was associated in the popular mind. Roaches not only rriake themselves a nuisance by getting into everything, but Fig. 92. The oriental roach [Peripla?teta orientalis). (Natural size) <7, female : b, male : c, side view of female ; emale of Grvlliis assiinilis, with inner and outer views of auditory membranes on front tibias, at c and d (After Marlatt, United States Department of Agriculture) cannibals. The eggs are laid in the ground in the fall and hatch the next summer. The males have the best-developed musical apparatus of all the orthopteran orchestra. The principal vein, which extends along the base of the wing-cover, is ridged like a file, and on the inner margin of the wing-cover, a short distance from the base, the edge is hard- ened so that it may be used as a scraper, or rasp. Elevating his wings to an angle of forty-five degrees, and arranging them so that the scraper of one rests on the file of the other, he moves them to set the neighboring wing mem- branes into vibration, thus pro- ducing the shrill call or the faint chirp, according to his mood. The tree crickets are quite different from the common black sorts and are arboreal, as their name indicates. They are of a creamy-white or light yel- lowish color, often slightly tinged with green, and the wings Fig are transparent. The antennas are much longer than the body, ^'^^'^■' bugger) which is about half an inch long, and the ovipositor is well devel- oped. The wings when at rest are usually held so as to form a long 109. A tree cricket (GEcanthits fasci- atiis), male and female (After Lug ORTHOPTERA ^7 wedge tapering toward the head. The young tree crickets are somewhat beneficial, as they feed upon plant-lice, but the adults do considerably more injury by slitting the twigs of cane fruits, fruit trees, cotton, etc., in which their eggs are deposited, and beyond which the twigs usually die. One small group of crickets, called mole crickets, are wingless and live in the ground, burrowing here and there by means of the front tibiae, which form shovels admirable for that purpose. Mole crickets are more abun- dant in the South and Southwest, where they feed upon the roots of plants, but are very rarely injurious. In Porto Rico, however, the cJianga is the most serious insect pest of the island, annually doing one hundred thousand dollars' worth of damage to the staple crops. Fig. no. Eggs of the snowy tree cricket {(Ecaiitkus nivetis) a, blackberry cane, show- ing egg punctures ; b, the same split, to show the arrangement of the eggs ; c, egg very much en- larged ; if, its tip still more enlarged. (After Riley) Earwigs (Euplexopterd). The earwigs are nearly re- figiu. ch^Lng^iiScapteriscus didactyius'L2.tr.) lated to the Orthoptera, , , . , , . , . ^ ^ A mole cricket which is the most serious insect pest though they are often placed in Porto Rico. (After Barrett) in a separate order, Euplex- optera, which means "well-folded wing," referring to the wing, which is folded lengthwise, like that of the grasshopper, and then crosswise. They are small insects, our common species 88 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY being from one fourth to one half an inch long. The wing-covers are short and thick like those of some beetles, and at the tip of the abdomen is a pair of strong, forceplike appendages. Earwigs Fig. 112. An earwig {Forficula taeniaia). (Enlarged) I, male ; 2, female ; 3, wing showing fanlike folds and joints where the tip is folded on the base are rare in the United States, except in the South, and are not injurious. The common name "earwig" arises from an old super- stition that they crawl into the ears of sleepers and kill them. In the South they often fly into lights, and in Europe and subtropical countries they sometimes become injurious. CHAPTER IX THE NERVE-WINGED INSECTS, SCORPION-FLIES, CADDIS-FLIES, MAY-FLIES, STONE-FLIES, AND DRAGON-FLIES The earlier naturalists grouped all of the insects having four membranous wings with numerous fine cross veins, or nervures, as they were then called, into the order Neuroptera, or nerve-winged insects, from neuron (nerve) ^.nd pteron (wing). Further study has Fig. 113. The adult male dobson-fly and its larva, the hellgramite (After Comstock) shown that these insects are not so nearly related, and that they should be divided into several distinct orders, to exhibit their true relationship. Few of them have any economic importance, and 89 90 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY they may conveniently be considered together and termed ' ' neu- ropteroid insects." True Neuroptera. In the true Nenroptera the wings are usually of equal size, with numerous cross veins, the mandibles are well developed, and the metamorphosis is complete. The larvae are carnivorous, and the mandibles are usually long and pointed. One of the best-known forms is the large hellgramite {Corydahis cor- mitd), whose larvae, known as dobsons, are the favorite bait of the bass fisherman. The larvae live under stones in swift-flowing Fig. 114. Cluster of eggs of the lace-winged fly {Chrysopa). (Greatly enlarged) (After S. J. Hunter) streams, where they feed on the young of various aquatic insects. They are readily recognized by the leglike appendages and a large tuft of tracheal gills on either side of each abdominal segment (Fig. 113). It requires nearly three years for the larva to become full grown, when it forms a cell beneath a stone, or some object near the bank, and pupates, the adult appearing about a month later. The adults are readily recognized, as they have a wing ex- panse of from four to five and one half inches and the males have remarkably long mandibles. On the rocks under which the larvae live the eggs are laid in chalklike masses of from two to three thousand. -^ C u « 1) — 2 3 "O 91 92 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY The aphis-lions {Chrysopidac) are among the most important enemies of the noxious plant-Uce. The larvae are small, dark-colored, spindle-shaped insects, from one fourth to one third of an inch long, with large, pincer- like jaws, much longer than the head, with which they grasp the aphides. On the inside of each mandible is a deep groove, against which the max- illa fits, thus forming a tube through which the juices of the (Photograph by Weed) ^^^^^ ^^^ SUCked iutO the mOUth. When full grown, the larva spins a small, globular cocoon of pure white silk, in which it pupates. Frequently the old cocoons will be found with a small, circular lid which the adult has opened Fig. ii6. A Myrmeleonid, the adult of the ant-lion Fig. 117. The ant-lion a, lan'a of Myrmeleon sp. (three times natural size) ; b^ pit of ant-lion, Mynuclcon sp., and below a pupal sand-cocoon from which the adult has just issued, the pupal skin remaining (natural size). (After Kellogg) in making its escape. The adults are about an inch long, of a deli- cate pale green color, with brown antennae and finely veined wings, which are held like a roof over the back, and which have given them the name of "lace-winged flies." The eyes are a glistening THE NERVE-WINGED INSECTS 93 Fig. ii8. A scorpion fly {Panorpa riifesce)is) (Twice natural size) (After Kellogg) gold, from which they are sometimes called golden-eyes. The larva: feed not only upon plant-lice, but upon any soft-bodied insects which they can overpower, or on soft insect eggs, and will not infrequently attack their own species. The adults seem fully aware of these canni- balistic tastes, for they lay the little white eggs on stalks about half an inch high, placing them out of the reach of the larvae. In the undisturbed dust beneath an old shed, or beneath cliffs, or along warm banks, one will frequently find the little funnel-shaped pits of the ant-lions {Myj'viclcouidac), some- times locally known as " doodle bugs." At the bottom of the pit may be seen two out- stretched jaws awaiting any unwary insect which may slide down the crumbling sides. The larvae are not unlike those of the aphis-lions in general appearance, but have a larger abdomen and a small thorax and slender legs. The adults are dusky-colored, with long, narrow, delicate wings. They are poor fliers and are often attracted to lights (Fig. 1 16). The scorpion-flies (order Mecoptera) are readily distinguished by the long head, which is prolonged into a beak, at the end of which are the biting mouth-parts. They receive their common name "scorpion-flies" from the terminal segment of the males of the most common forms, which is enlarged and bears clasping organs, so that it looks like the fang at the tip of the body of a scorpion. They are entirely harmless, however, being car- nivorous both as adults and as larvae. The adults are most commonly found on foliage in shady places, though they not infrequently fly into lights, while the larvae look much like caterpillars and live in the soil. The caddis-flies (order Trichopterd) i have wings with but few cross veins but more or less densely clothed with hairs, thus being related 1 From t/irix (a hair) a.x\d pieroii (a wing). Fig. 1 19. .Scorpion-fly larva [Panorpa sp.). times natural size) (After Felt, from Kellogg) (Three 94 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY to both the neuropterous insects and the Lepidoptera. The mouth- parts of the adults are quite rudimentary. The hind-wings are often somewhat larger than the fore-wings and are then folded under them in repose, the fore-wings being held Fig. 120. Caddis-fly larval cases. (Enlarged) (After Furneaux) like a roof over the back. The antennae are usually very long and slender. The lar- vae are aquatic and form an important item of fish food. Some of them build most interesting little cases from grains of gravel, small shells, bits of twigs, pine needles, or whatever rubbish may be at hand, lined within with silk, which they carry around with them, the head and thorax projecting out as they move or feed. Every small pool or brook harbors some of these interesting case bearers, which will hardly be distinguished except by closely watching the bottom until they are seen in motion. Most of these larvae are herbivorous, feeding on whatever vegetable matter is available, and look like small caterpillars. The caddis-worms of one group construct silken nets across small rapids, between stones, or upon the brink of little water- falls, which are doubtless of serv- ice in catching the tiny insects which float downstream, as the lar- vae which make them are known to be carnivorous. When ready to change to a pupa, the caddis- worm closes up the entrance to its case, but leaves an opening for the water to flow through so that the pupa can breathe, sometimes making a simple grating of silk over the entrance. Upon trans- forming to the adult the caddis-fly secures almost immediate use Fig. 121. Adult caddis-fly (Goii/otau- liiis dispechts Walk). (Enlarged) (.\fter Xeedham) THE NERVE-WINGED INSECTS 95 of its wings, as is highly necessary if it is not to be drowned. Most insects require several minutes or even hours for the wings to ex- pand and harden, but Professor Comstock observed a caddis-fly which took flight immediately upon emergence from the water. The adults are usually grayish, brownish, or dusky in color, marked with black or white, and are rarely observed except as they fly into lights. Pseudoneuroptera, with incomplete metamorphosis. All of the three orders just considered have a complete metamorphosis and are more or less closely related. The next three orders are all aquatic and have an incomplete metamorphosis, for which reason they are often grouped together as false Neuroptera {Pseudoneuroptera). The May-flies (Ephemerida) ^ are well /ipy^^inzr named, for they are the most ephemeral /i*/ ^ '■''^^ , of insects. The wings are exceedingly ^.WrWiMj^"""" ifh / delicate and the fore-wings are much the ' l>^^f:-^-^*»« f' ^' i I larger, the hind-wings sometimes being * ' "'' ' entirely wanting. The mouth-parts of the adults are exceedingly rudimentar\-, and they probably take no food. The antennae are short, but at the end of ^'^ '" ^f^ ^^ ^ netbuiidmg caddis worm the lono:, soft abdomen are two or three 1 ■ • . J .1 in 1 (After Comstock) long, many-jomted, threadlike append- ages, the cerci, which are cjuite characteristic of the May-flies. On warm nights of late spring and early summer the lights of towns near rivers and lakes are often darkened by myriads of May-flies. They are light brown or dusky colored, with wings expanding from one to one and one half inches, and with cerci fully as long. The nymphs live at the bottom of ponds, streams, and lakes, feeding on small insects and vegetable matter in the ooze. Along either side of the nymph's abdomen is a row of delicate, platelike, fringed tracheal gills, through which it breathes, and at the tip of the abdomen are three feathery appendages. The legs are strong and enable it both to walk and to swim. The nymphs molt very frequently, there being as many as twenty molts in some species. After about the ninth molt the wing pads commence to appear on the back, and become 1 From ephemeras (lasting but a day). Fig. 123. May-flies {Ej>/ie»iera varia Etn.) /, 2, side and back views of nymph ; ^, ^, side and back view of adult male {Sifhlnnis alteniatus Say); j, 6, side and back view of nymph; 7, side view of adult male. (After Needham) 96 THE NERVE-WINGED INSECTS 97 Fig. 124. A stone-fly (Pieronarcys 7-egalis). reduced) (After Newport, from Folsom) (Slightly larger with each successive molt, until the water nymph sheds its skin for the last time, the gills and mouth-parts are left behind, and the winged May- fly comes forth. After flying a short distance it alights and again sheds its skin, a thin layer coming off from all parts of the body, even from the wings, which process must certainly be the " exception which proves the rule, "for no other insects ever molt after becoming winged. The eggs are now deposited by the females either on the surface of the water or on stones beneath the surface, and in a few hours, or at most in a day or two, the adults die. The nymphs live from one to three years, according to the species, and form an important item of the food of fishes, but are othenvise of no economic importance. The stone-flies (order Plecopterd) ^ are quite similar to the May-flies in their general hab- its, but quite unlike them in appearance. The hind-wings are much larger than the fore- wings and are folded beneath them in plaits when at rest. The mouth-parts of the adults are of the biting type, but are often poorly developed. The antennae are rather long and slender, and usually there are two many- jointed cerci extending from the tip of the abdomen. The nymphs live beneath stones in swift-running streams and are from one 1 Yrom pieces (plaited), ^ndpieron (wing). (After Comstock) Fig. 125. A stone-fly nymph 98 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY half to one and one half inches long ; with their long legs, and anten- nas and cerci projecting from either end, they have a very distinctive appearance, as shown in Fig. 125. Behind each leg is a clump of hairlike tracheal gills, very similar to those found on the dobson, through which they breathe. They are a favorite food of fishes, particularly of brook trout, and make excellent bait. When full grown the nymphs crawl upon rocks or reeds and transform to the adult stone-flies, the old skins being frequently found in such places. The adults are dull grayish or brownish, the more common forms being from one to one and one half inches long, and are usually found on foliage in shady places along streams. They probably take no food and live only long enough to lay the eggs. Some of the smaller spe- cies, about one fourth of an inch long, of a blackish color, are often common on snow in early spring, and frequent windows at that time. The dragon-flies and damsel- flies (order Odonata) are readily recognized by their long, nar- row, powerful wings, which are about equal in size and on the front marjrin of which is a little Fig. 126. A damsel-fly (Lesies tuicata Kirby), female (After Needham) notch and strong cross vein, called the nodus. The mouth-parts are well developed and are of the biting type, both larvae and adults being predacious upon other insects. The dragon-flies and damsel-flies are distinguishable both as adults and as nymphs. The adult damsel- fly holds the wings vertically over the back when at rest, like a butter- fly ; the fore and hind wings are similar in shape, and the nymphs have three long, leaf like tracheal gills projecting from the tip of the abdomen. The dragon-flies hold their wings horizontally when at rest, the hind wings are usually much broader at the base, and the Fig. 127. Nymph of a damsel-fly (Lestes sp.). (Twice natural size) Showing the three leaflike tracheal gills at the tip of the abdomen. (After Kellogg) Fig. 128. Early stages of nymph of a dragon-fly {Aiiax jimiiis I)ru.). (All en- larged) Showing changes of color pattern : A, newly hatched ; B, one fourth grown ; C, one half grown. (After Needham) Fig. 129. A dragon-fly and its development Nymphs feeding at / and j, showing extension of underlip or mask and the way prey is grasped by it ; 2, mature nymph ready to molt ; 4, skin of nymph from which the adult ( j) has emerged. (After Brehm) 99 lOO ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY nymph has five converging, spinehke appendages at the tip of the abdomen. The dragon-flies are among the swiftest fliers, dart- ing here and there after small flies, and are important enemies of mosquitoes. They have received many local names, such as darning needles, snake doctors, etc., with which are connected many curious superstitions of sewing up people's ears, bringing snakes to life, etc., of which they are of course entirely in- nocent. They are usually dark colored, though often brilliantly marked with metallic blue, green, and red. The damsel-flies are more slender-bodied and fly lazily about. The eggs are laid in the water or fastened to aquatic plants. From them hatch the little long-legged nymphs which may be found browsing in the ooze and mud of any pond. Dark-colored, flat, and spiny, they are hardly distinguishable from the debris of the bottom. They have a peculiar underlip, remarkably extensile, with two powerful hooks at the tip, which, when thrown for- ward from the head, grasps the un- suspecting prey. When drawn in, the labium covers the front of the face and gives the nymph an exceed- ingly comical appearance, with its large, shrewd eyes on either side. The nymphs of the damsel-flies breathe through the tracheal gills at the tip of the abdomen, but the dragon-fly nymphs have a peculiar way of drawing water into the rectum, whose walls are very thin and lined with numerous tra- chea, so that the air in the trachea is purified through the wall of the rectum as if it were a tracheal gill. The water from the rectum may be ejected forcibly, so as to drive the nymph suddenly for- ward. When full grown the nymph crawls up" on a reed or plant Via. 130. J, part of two rows of respiratory folds from cuticular lining of rectum of dragon-fly nymph (^'Esc/iita). The shaded parts are abundantly supplied with tracheal tubes, as shown at B, a small part of one leaflet highly magnified, showing many fine tra- cheal branches (Redrawn from Miall) Fig. 131. Development of a dragon-fly {Leiicorhinia glacialis Hagen) /, two nymphs on the bottom of the pond ; 2, the empty nymphal skin left clinging to a branch after transformation ; j, the adult female ; 4., 5, back and side views of the adult male (After Needham) loi I02 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY and molts for the last time, the adult quickly flying away and leaving the cast skin, which is often found intact and gives an excellent idea of the structure of the nymph, so remarkably unlike the adult in both form and habit. Fig. 132. Dragon-fly {Libelliila ptikhella). (Slightly reduced) A, last nymphal skin ; B, adult. (.Xfter Folsom) Summary of the Nerve -Winged Insects and their Relatives A. With oomplcte metamorphosis: Order N'europtera. Wings equal ; numerous cross veins. The dobsons {Sialidae). Larvae aquatic. The aphis-lions {Chrysopidae). Feed on aphides, etc. The ant-lions {Mynneleonidae). Larvae make pits in soil. Order Mecoptera. Scorpion-flies. Elongate head, and tip of abdomen fang- like. Larvae live underground. Order Trichoptera. Caddis-flies. Wings with few cross veins and clothed with hairs. Larvae live in water, many being case bearers. B. With i»e«ntlfrfete metamorphosis {Pseudoneuropterd) : Order Ephemerida. May-flies. Fore-wings much larger ; mouth-parts rudi- mentary. Nymphs aquatic. Order Plecoptera. Stone-flies. Hind-wings larger and plaited beneath the fore-wings when at rest. Nymphs aquatic. Order Odonata. Dragon-flies and damsel-flies. Wings about equal in size, with a nodus on the front margin. Nymphs aquatic. CHAPTER X THE WHITE ANTS, BOOK-LICE, AND BIRD-LICE (PLATYPTERA) Characteristics. Insects with t\vo pairs of delicate, membranous wings equal or the hind pair smaller, and with the principal veins few and simple, or entirely wingless ; mouth-parts, mandibulate ; body, flattened ; prothorax, broad ; meta- morphosis, jnrnrQpjgl;^ The Platyptera (from platys, "flat," and//r;w/, "a wing," allud- ing to the wings of the white ants, which he flat on the back when at rest) include three groups, which are often considered as separate orders and are quite dis- tinct in appearance and habits, but may well be placed in a single or- der based upon the stiTic- tural characters given above. When present the wings are never net- veined, and the book-lice and bird-lice are wing- less. The body is usually flattened and the pro- thorax is usually well- developed and distinct. The white ants {Ter- mitidae) are well-known inhabitants of fallen logs and decaying wood, and are readily mistaken for ants by the casual observer. The light yellowish color and the fact that the abdomen is broadly joined to the thorax, with no toothed constriction, as in the true ants, easily distinguish them. Though entirely unrelated to the true ants, they have a very similar social organization, with several distinct castes, of which only the so-called Fig. 133. White ants, or termites. queen ; ^, male ; <", worker ; f^ Fig. 155. The harlequin cabbage-bug a, b, adults (natural size) ; r, side view of head with mandibular and maxillary setae out of bealc ; il, eggs with newly hatched young ; e, nymphs ; /, egg masses with one egg hatching and newly hatched nymph on lower right mass scutellum enlarged so that it covers nearly the whole abdomen and gives the bug the appearance of a beetle, for which it is fre- quently mistaken by a beginner. They infest various plants and often injure berries by imparting their disagreeable odor, as do the stink-bugs. Plant-bugs. The remaining families of Heteroptera feed entirely on vegetation and may for convenience be grouped together as plant-bugs. They are all more or less elongate in form, with slender legs, and antennae about half the length of the body. The families THE TRUE BUGS 117 Fig. 156. Lace-bug (Coryt/mca arctiala adult, eggs, and nymph Say), (After Comstock, United States Department of Agriculture) are most readily distinguished by the venation of the front wings, several of which are shown in Fig. 139, p. 107. The lace-bugs (Tingiti- dae) are found commonly on the leaves of bass- wood, hawthorn, and quince, occasionally in- juring the latter. " One glance at the fine white meshes that cover the wings and spined thorax is sufficient," says Pro- fessor Comstock, "to dis- tinguish them from all other insects, for these are the only ones that are clothed from head to foot in fine white Brussels net." They are small insects, about the size of plant-lice, and suck the juices of the leaves. The eggs are cov- ered with a sticky , sub- stance and look like fungi on the undersurface of the leaf. The leaf-bugs (Capsidae) form the largest family of Heteroptera, having over two hundred fifty species in this country. One of the most common species is the tarnished plant-bug {Lygtis pratensis). This is yellowish- or greenish- brown in color, about one fourth of an inch long (Fig. 157), and at- tacks a great variety of plants, being injurious to nursery trees, sugar beets, strawberries, and • various vegetables and flowering plants, causing the tips of plants like the dahlia and potato to (About four times Fig. 157. Tarnished plant-bug. natural size) (7, b, c, d, four stages of nymphs ; c, adult hug. Forbes and Chittenden) (After ii8 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY wither beyond the point where the httle bug has inserted its beak. The four-hned leaf-bug {Poecilocapsus lineatics) is yellowish or Fig. I 58. The four-lined leaf-bug a^ adult (enlarged) ; h^ adult (natural size) ; c, single egg (greatly enlarged) ; d, lengthwise section of stem, showing eggs in position (enlarged). (After Slingerland) greenish, with four black stripes (Fig. 158), and is often a serious enemy of currants, laying its eggs in the stalks and thus killing the tips. The cotton leaf-bug is found throughout the country on Fig. 159. Cotton leaf-bug (Calocoris rapidiis) a, mature bug ; i, young nymph ; c, fourth stage of nymph ; d, fifth stage of nymph (Authors' illustration, United States Department of Agriculture) THE TRUE BUGS 119 various flowers and is sometimes an enemy of the sugar beet, but in the South it is best known for causing the cotton squares to drop and producing black spots and distortions of the bolls. It is dark Fig. 160. A stilt-bug {Jalysus sj'inostis Say). (Enlarged) (After Lugger) brown, with a narrow yellow border, the prothorax being yellow and red with two black spots. Nearly related is the red-bug family {Pjr- rJiocoridac), named after the red-bug, or cotton-stainer {Dysdcrcns Fig. 161 Much enlarged) Adult at left ; «, ^, eggs ; c, newly hatched nymph ; d, its tarsus ; f , /, g, second, third, and fourth stages of nymph ; //, leg of adult ; y, tarsus of same ; /, proboscis, or beak. Hair lines indicate natural size. (After Webster and Riley) snturelhts), an insect of a reddish color, with pale yellow stripes, with habits very similar to the one last mentioned, staining the cot- ton where it punctures the bolls. Though common, it is by no means a serious pest of cotton, but is often injurious to ripening I20 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY oranges. The family is a small one of relatively large, bright-colored bugs, with few species in the North. The stilt-bugs {Bcrytidac) are well named from their long, stiltlike legs. They resemble the thread-legged bugs in this respect, but are much smaller, being only about one third of an inch long. Only two species are known in the United States; these fre- quent the undergrowth of woodland and pas- tures. The chinch-bug is the best-known exam- ple of one of the larg- est families {Lygaeidae), with nearly two hundred species in this country. The chinch-bug is about one sixth of an inch long, of a jet-black color, with the fore-wings white with a distinct triangular black spot at the middle of the outer margin. Fig. 162. The false chinch-bug (i\3o/«j^r/W?^Schill.). (Much enlarged) a, injured leaf ; b, last stage of nymph ; r, adult. (After Riley) Fig. 163. a, the northern leaf-footed plant-bug [Leptoghsstis opposittis); l>, the banded leaf-footed plant-bug {Leptoglossiis pkyliopjis). (Twice natural size) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) The young stages are red but become gray or blackish as they grow older. It is found in all parts of the United States, but has been most seriously injurious in the Mississippi Valley. THE TRUE BUGS 121 The squash-bug and its relatives form another large family {Corcidac) of some two hundred species, of which the common squash-bug {Aiiasa tristis), which we have already considered (p. 50), is the best-known example. In the middle and southern states there are several nearly related species which have the hind tibia flattened and ex- panded somewhat like a leaf, and are known as leaf-footed plant-bugs. The box-elder bug iyLcptocoris trivittatns) is a common species throughout the Mississippi Valley and Great Plains, where it is a serious enemy of the box elder, which is planted largely for shade. It is blackish, with three bright red lines on the prothorax, and with fore -wings having edges Fig. 164. Box-elder and veins of a dingy red. bug (Lepiocoris trivit- tatns). (Twice natural size) (After Kellogg) ORDER PaRASITA As their name indicates, the members of this suborder are parasites upon man and other mammals, being commonly known as lice. They may well be called the true lice, or sucking lice, to distinguish them from the bird-lice {Mallophaga), plant- lice {Aphididac), and other insects com- monly called lice. They are small, soft- bodied, wingless in- sects, with a stout, unsegmented beak, either without eyes or with only simple eyes, and the tarsi bear but a single claw, all of these characters indi- cating a degenerate group. The head-louse infests the hair of man, and the body- louse, or grayback, as soldiers term it, lives in and lays its eggs in the seams of clothing. The general appearance, greatly enlarged. man. (Greatly lice affecting enlarged) , its head enlarged ; c, '■ '^ adult. (After Riley) worms. The larvae are predacious. 148 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Another group of this family, known as soldier-beetles, fly by day and are commonly found feeding on pollen, which they carry from flower to flower, thus aiding pollination. The common species are yellowish with black markings and with a prominent head. The larvae are predacious and are among the important enemies of the larvae of the codling moth and plum curculio. The Lcaf-Honicd Beetles {luiviellieornid) The tribe of leaf-horned beetles includes two families in which the terminal segments of the antennae are greatly expanded and flattened, like plates or leaves, forming a club. The stag-beetles (Lucanidae). There are some fifteen species of stag-beetles in this country, which receive their name from the Fig. 211. Stag-beetles. (Natural size) At the left, Lucantis clcf/ias, male ; at the right, Litcaniis liama, male. (After J. B. Smith) enormous jaws of some of the males, which are branched so as to have a fancied resemblance to the antlers of a stag. They are large brown or black beetles, from an inch to an inch and a half long, and the large mandibles have given them the name of "pinch- ing-bugs." The beetles feed on sap and decaying wood, and the larvae, which are much like white grubs, are found in decaying trunks and stumps. A shining black species, bearing a short horn THE BEETLES 149 bent forward on the head, is frequently found beneath the bark of stumps and in rotting wood, and has been termed the horned passalus {Passaliis cofinitus). Scarabaeidae. With over five hun- dred species in this country, the Scar- abaeidae form one of the largest and most important families of beetles. They are thick-bodied beetles of the May-beetle, or June-bug, type, strong but clumsy, and many have the an- terior tibias broadly flattened for dig- ging. They may be divided into two main groups, the scavengers and the leaf-chafers. The larvae of all of the species are commonly called white grubs, for although they vary greatly in size and structure, they all have the same general appearance of the white grub, with its large yellow or brown head with strong mandibles, long legs, thick, whitish Fig. 212. Pas sal II s corn ijtus. (Slightly enlarged) (After J. B. Smith) Pig 213 bcarab beetle (4(euckus vuiiolosus) rolling egg-balls of dung, and Egyptian sculptures of Sacred Scarab (After Brehm) I50 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY body, curved, wrinkled, more or less clothed with hairs, and with the tip segment of the abdomen enlarged. Of the scavengers, the tumble-bugs are well known, as they are often seen rolling balls of manure along the roadside, which are finally buried and in which the eggs are laid. The fat grub feeds within this ball until ready to pupate. The fa- mous sacred scarabaeid was held in high veneration by the ancient Eg}^p- tians, who placed it in their tombs and carved it on sarcophagi, stones, and gems. With the first spring days one encounters swarms of little brown, black-spotted beetles which fill the air. They belong to numer- ous species of the genus Aphodius, the larvae of which develop in manure and are often found in the dung of horses and cattle in pastures. Some of the scavengers make burrows in the soil under Fig. 214. A dung-beetle {Apho- dius graiiai-iiis Linn.). (Greatly enlarged) (After Forbes) Fig. 215. May-beetle [Lachnostema sp.). showing larva (or white grub), pupa, and adult. (Natural size) (After Linville and Kelly) THE BEETLES 151 di'oppin<2[s. which they carry in for food for the larvae which hve in the burrows, while others, known as skin-beetles, feed on dried or decomposing animal matter, frequenting the refuse of tanneries and eating the hoofs and hair of dead animals. Thus the scaven- gers ma}' be considered as somewhat beneficial, but the leaf -chafers include man)- of our worst pests. The June-bugs, or May-beetles, Fig. 216. The rose-chafer a, adult ; ^, larva ; c, d, mouth-parts of same ; e, pupa : f, injured leaves and blossoms of grape, with beetles at work. <7, b^ <-, much enlarged ; r, d, more enlarged ; /", slightly reduced. (After Marlatt, United States Department of Agriculture) are among the best-known representatives of this group. They are stout, brown, or blackish beetles nearly an inch long, which fly in and buzz around the lights in early summer. There are some sixty species belonging to this genus {Lachjiostcrna), the larvse of which are the tvpical white grubs which attack the roots of grass, corn, and garden crops. These beetles feed at night on various shade and fruit trees, ragging the foliage as if it had been torn. The rose-chafer is another well-known species, which destroys the 152 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY flowers and leaves of roses and grapes. It is a pale yellowish beetle, three eighths of an inch long, somewhat hairy, with long, pale red legs. All of the leaf-chafers have long, spiny legs, whose use they do not seem to have mastered, for they are ridiculously Fig. 217. The rhinoceros beetle [Dinastes tityrus). (Natural size) (After Kellogg) awkward in walking. The largest beetle of this country is the rhi- noceros beetle {Dynastcs titynis), which is two and one half inches long, greenish-gray with black spots, and is named from the large horn on the head, which meets a median horn extending from the prothorax. It occurs in the South and West, and in the West Indies there is a similar species six inches long. Their larvse live in the roots of decaying trees. Another series of species are known as flower-beetles, from their habit of feeding on pollen, which they carry from flower to flower. A common species of this sort is the yellowish-brown bumble flower-beetle {Eitphoria inda). It is half an inch long, quite hairy, and flies from flower to flower with a loud buzzing like that of a bumble- bee. Occasionally these beetles assemble on ripening peaches or other soft fruits, or lap up the sap from a wounded tree. A bright-green species {AllorJiina nitida), two thirds of an inch long, is very common in the South, where it is often called the green June-bug, and frequently attacks ripening fruits. The larvae are white grubs which live in grasslands and often injure lawns. Fig. 218. The bumble flower- beetle {£■?(■/ /^^;7(Z inda). (Twice natural size) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) THE BEETLES 1 53 II. BEETLES WITH FOUR-JOINTED TARSI {TETRAMERA) The tarsi of the famiUes of this section are apparently composed of but four segments, the fourth being very small and closely joined to the last, or fifth, segment, and concealed by the third segment, which is deeply bilobed. This section is often called the PJiytophaga, as all of the families attack vegetation. The leaf-beetles (Chrysomelidae) are one of the largest and most injurious families, there being some six hundred species in this country, a large number of which injure cultivated crops, while those which normally feed on various weeds often change their food habits and become crop pests. The Colorado potato-beetle {Lcptinotarsa decem- lincata) is one of the best-known species, and is fairly typical of the family, except that it is much larger than the average. The little black, red-and- yellow-spotted asparagus-beetles which, with their dark grayish, sluglike larvae, eat into young aspar- agus, are well known throughout the East, as are the twelve-spotted asparagus-beetles, which are red with twelve black spots. Fig. 219. Tarsus of phytophagous beetle, showing indistinct fourth segment (After Comstock, from Hunter) Fig. 220. The common asparagus-beetle, — eggs, larva, and adult. (Much enlarged) (After Britten) 154 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY From North Carolina and Ohio to Maine the elm leaf-beetle (Galeriicella Inteola) is the worst insect pest of elm foliage, both Fig. 221. The Colorado potato-beetle. (Enlarged) rt, beetle; /', eggs; r, young lar\'a; d, full-grown larva. (.After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) adults and larvae skeletonizing the leaves and so defoliating trees that, where injured annually, many are killed. The beetles are one fourth of an inch long, yellowish-brown, with black stripes at THE BEETLES 155 the outer margin of the wings, and the full-grown larvae are half an inch long, orange-yellow, with numerous black tubercles. The Fig. 222. The elm leaf-beetle I, cluster of eggs; la, single egg; 2, newly hatched lan^a : s, full-grown larva; 4, pupa; J, overwintered beetle ; 6, newly transformed beetle ; 7, leaf showing work of grubs and a few holes eaten by beetles ; 8, leaf nearly skeletonized by lar\'as ; 9, leaf showing holes eaten by beetles. (.•Ml enlarged except 7, 8, g, which are slightly reduced.) (After Felt) ^56 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 223. Striped cucumber-beetle Striped cucumber-beetle {Diabrotica vittatd) is about the same size, bright yellow with black stripes, and is one of the worst pests of young cucumber and melon vines. The larvae are long, slender whitish grubs which feed on the roots. The twelve-spotted Diabrotica is green with twelve black spots, with similar food habits in the adult stage, but in the South the larvae do serious injury to the roots of corn, while the larva of another pale green species, known as the west- ern corn rootworm, is one of the worst pests of corn in the northern Miss- issippi Valley. A large group of small species, with strong hind legs which en- able them to give 1 11 ■ Fig. 224. A, potato flea-beetle ; 7>, egg-plant flea-beetle remarkable lumps, /« *u ^i i jv J ^ ' I Both p^reatlv enlarp-edl are known as flea- beetles. The potato flea-beetle (Epitn'x fnscnla) and nearly related species are com- monly abundant on young potato and tomato plants, and on egg- plants, the leaves of which are riddled as if they had been hit with fine bird shot. The larvae are small, slender white grubs, which feed on the roots of various weeds of the same botanical family, and are rarely seen. All the garden \ V^i^^ \S^H^i crops, as well as tobacco and corn, J ^^Jw \^^^ i 1 are attacked by one or more spe- cies of these flea-beetles. The lar- vae of a few species of this family are leaf miners, the leaves of the locust being commonly affected by large, brown, blisterlike mines due Both greatly enlarged) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) Fig. 225. Striped turnip flea-beetle (Greatly enlarged) .'z, larva ; /', adult. (From Riley, United States Department of Agriculture) THE BEETLES 157 to the larvae of the locust-beetle {O don tot a dorsalis). On morning- glory and sweet-potato vines are found some striking little beetles, Fig. 226. The leaf-mining locust-beetle (Oiiontota Jorsalis). (Five times natural size) a, beetle ; /', lan'a ; r, pupa. (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) called tortoise-beetles, from their tortoiselike shape, several of which are a brilliant gold or silver color. The larvae feed on these Fig. 227. The golden tortoise-beetle {Coptocycla bicoloy Fab.) ; egg at right. (Enlarged) a, b, larvae ; c, pupa ; _ Fig. 243. The meal-worm {Tenebrio niolitor) a, larva : ^, pupa ; r, female beetle ; r/, egg with surrounding case ; r, antenna. (.Ml except e about twice natural size ; c, greatly enlarged.) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) Pacific coast and in the Rockies, relatively few forms being found in the East. A common species of the typical genus is the meal- worm beede {Tcnebrio vwlitoi) which infests grain-rooms, stores, / Fig. 244. The striped blister-beetle a, female beetle ; b, eggs ; c, triungulin larva ; d, second or carabid stage of larva ; c, same as/ doubled up as in pod ; /, scarabaeoid stage ; g, coarctate larva. (All except e enlarged.) (After Riley and Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) 1 66 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 245. The black blister- beetle. (Enlarged) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) pantries, and wherever meal is stored. The larvae are elongate, brown, and horny, very much resembling wire-worms, and are kept by bird fanciers for feeding song birds in winter. The beetle is from one half to three fourths of an inch long, dark brown, with square prothorax and ridged wing-covers. The blister-beetles (Meloidae) are so called because their juices cause a blis- tering of the human skin, and when dried and powdered they were formerly much used by phy- sicians for blister- ing. They are soft- bodied beetles with the head prominent and attached to the thorax by a very distinct neck. The elytra are flexible and rounded posteriorly, so that usually they do not cover the tip of the abdomen, while in some forms the wing-covers are quite short and the wings are lacking. Our common spe- cies are about half an inch long, dull gray or blackish, often marked with yellow stripes, while others are of a brilliant metallic bronze, green, or blue. The adults often appear in im- mense swarms and ruin garden crops. The striped blister-beetle {Epicaiita vit- tata) was a common pest of potatoes Fig. 247. The white-pine before the advent of the Colorado beetle, weevil (Pissodes strobi). (En- ^^^ -^ j^^own as the ' ' old-f ashioned potato- larged and natural size) , ,, ™, , 1 i- i. j bug. The larvae have a very complicated (After Hopkins, United States ° . • .^ .^i. • r Department of Agriculture) mctamorphosis, owmg to their pcculiar Fig. 246. The ash-gray blister-beetle. (Twice nat- ural size) (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agri- culture) THE BEETLES 167 Fig. 24S. The straw- berry weevil. (Greatly enlarged) (After Riley) habits. Some of them are parasitic in the nests of bees, while the more common forms hve on the eggs of grasshoppers, which they de\-our in large numbers, and are quite bene- ficial in spite of the bad habits which they later acquire as adults. The Snout-Beetles {Rhyxchophora) In this suborder the head is prolonged into a long snout, giving the names "snout- beetles " "bill-bugs," "weevils," and "cur- culios " to many of the common forms. The body is strongly com- pact, usually well rounded above, and is more or less covered with scales. The antennae arise from either side of the snout, are bent for- ward, or "elbowed," and end in a club. The larvae are soft, foot- less, wrinkled, whitish grubs, with brown head, often thinly covered with short, bristh' hair, and live mostlv in fruits, nuts, or seeds, or under bark, though a few live on vegetation externally. All of the families attack plants and are therefore more or less injurious, some of our most troublesome pests being found in this series. Though there are common ex- amples of several other families, only , three families are suffi- ciently numerous to warrant mention. The curculios (Curculionidae) are the most typical as well as the largest family of the suborder. Fig. 249. The cotton-boll weevil. (Enlarged) Fig. 150. Head and mouth-parts of the boll weevil larva 1 68 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY with over six hundred species. With her long snout the female drills into fruits and stems and drops an egg in the bottom of the excavation. Here the larva feeds within the food plant, well protected against attack. In the northeastern states a brownish beetle, about one fourth of an inch long, with a white spot on each wing-cover, known as the white-pine weevil {Pissodcs strobi), lays its eggs in the axis terminal of pines, which the larva tunnels out and kills, completely spoiling the The plum curculio Fig. 251. Larva of the cotton-boll weevil in opened square. (Natural size) shape of the tree is the well-known little Turk which makes the crescent-shaped punctures on plums, peaches, cherries, and apples, and whose grubs feed within. A small blackish weevil, the strawberry weevil {AntJiononms signatiis), lays Fig. 252. The chestnut weevil {Balanintis proboscideics Fab.). (Natural size) Fig. 253. A corn bill-bug {Sphenophoriis ochreus). (Twice natural size) (After Webster) its eggs in the strawberry buds, which it then cuts off, and the larvae feed on the develop- ing flowers, often causing serious loss. The cotton-boll weevil {Authotiovius gj-andis) is probably the most important species from an economic standpoint, causing a loss of over twenty-five million dollars annually. The most striking of all the weevils are the acorn and chestnut weevils, with snouts much longer than the body, enabling them to drill through the chestnut bur and de- posit the egg within the nut, in which the larva develops. Almost all of our common nuts are attacked by some species of these weevils, which often are a serious nuisance. THE BEETLES 169 The bill-bugs (Calandridae) are from one fourth to one half of an inch long, black, brown, or dark gray, with hard elytra, ridged and Fig. 254. The granary weevil {Cdi/i!/ii/?-a ^-ii/ia/'ia). (Enlarged) a, beetle ; i, lana ; c, pupa; d. the adult rice weevil {Calaiidra oryza), (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) sculptured. They attack corn, timothy, and other grasses, particu- larly the coarse swamp grasses and sedges. The fat white larvae « led Fig. 255. The fruit-tree bark-beetle {Scolytus mgnlosus) a, adult; b, same in profile ; c, pupa; d, larva (about ten times natural size). (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) live in the crowns and stems of the plants. More important are the small granary and rice weevils {Calandra grafiana and oryza). I70 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY small, slender, brown weevils, one eighth of an inch long, which are the most abundant pests of granaries. The engraver-beetles (Scolytidae), or bark-beetles, live on the inner bark and sapwood of forest and fruit trees, the larvae of each brood tunneling out their little burrows in characteristic patterns, giving them the name of " engravers." They are small brown or blackish beetles, often microscopic, rarely over one eighth and never over one fourth of an inch long, and with the head very slightly produced, so that they are not readily recognized as snout- beetles. They have stout, cylin- drical bodies, obliquely or squarely truncate at the tip. The larvae are little white grubs, with brown heads and strong jaws, which riddle the inner bark of the food plant and pupate in the burrows. When the adults emerge, they make numerous small holes through the bark, which habit has given them the name of "" shot-hole borers." This family includes the most de- structive of all our forest insects, the losses due to them being es- timated at over one hundred million dollars per. annum. Almost every tree has species which commonly attack it in different sections of the country, some infesting only sick or dead timber, while others attack the healthy trees and sweep them off over large areas, the trees dying and giving rise to forest fires. The fruit-tree bark- beetle {Scolytus riignlos2is) is a well-known example, infesting our common fruit trees. Fig. 256. Typical worK of a scolytid, the fruit-tree bark-beetle, showing the main galleries, the side or larval galleries, and the pupal cells. ( Slightly enlarged) (After Ratzeburg) THE BEETLES Synopsis of Families of Beetles Suborder Typical beetles {Coleoptera genuina) Section i . With five-jointed tarsi {Pentamera) ~l Tribe i. Carnivorous beetles (.4 {fep/iaga) Tiger-beetles ( Cicindelidae) Ground-beetles {Carabidae) Predacious diving-beetles {Dytiscidae) Whirligig-beetles (Gyrinidae) Tribe 2. The club-horned beetles {Cla^'iconiid) Water-scavenger beetles {Hydrophilidae) Carrion-beetles {SilpJiidae) Rove-beetles {Staphylinidae) Cucujid-beetles {Cucujzdae) D ermestid-beetles [Dennestldae) Tribe 3. The saw-horned beetles (Serricornia) - Click-beetles {Elateridae) "' Metallic wood-borers [Bupreslidae) Fireflies {Lampyridae) Tribe 4. The leaf-horned beetles [La/nellicof/ria) Stag-beetles i^Lucanidae) Scarabasid beetles [Saimbaeidae) Section 2. With four-jointed tarsi {Tetraiiiera) Leaf-beetles ( Chrysomelidae) Pea-weevils {Bntc/iidae) Long-horned beetles {Cenunbycidae) Section 3. With three-jointed tarsi [Trwiera) Ladybird-beetles ( Coccinellidae) Section 4. With different-jointed tarsi {^Heteroinerd) Darkling-beetles ( Teuebrionidae) Blister-beetles [Meloidae) Suborder Siiout-beetles {Rhyftchop/iora) The curculios {Cuinilw/iidae) The bill-bugs (Calandridae) The engraver-beetles, or bark-beetles (Scolytidae) 171 CHAPTER XIII THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA) Characteristics. Insects with four wings, which are membranous and cov- ered with overlapping scales ; mouth-parts, suctorial ; metamorphosis, complete. If the wing of a butterfly or a moth is rubbed, the color is quickly removed as a sort of powder, leaving the transparent membranous wing. If this powder is examined with a microscope, it will be seen to be composed of small, finely ridged scales, which are arranged on the wings in overlapping rows and give it the charac- teristic color pattern. Thus we get the name of the order, from /epis (a scale) and pteron (a wing). These scales strengthen the wings and are also found on the body and on other ap- pendages. The mouth-parts of the adults consist of a long, tubelike proboscis, which is coiled under the head when not in use, looking, in some of the larger moths, much like a watch spring. It is composed of the two maxillae, the inner faces of which are grooved and locked together so as to form a tube, through which the nectar of flowers is sucked. The man- dibles are entirely wanting. The two brushlike organs on either side of the proboscis are the labial palpi, the balance of the labium being poorly developed. The larvae of butterflies and moths are known as caterpillars. They are quite variable in shape, but our common forms are readily recognizable as belonging to this order. They are usually cylindrical, 172 Fig. 257. Portion of wing of monarch butterfly, with some scales removed to show insertion-pits and their regular ar- rangement. (Greatly magnified) (After Kellogg) THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS 173 \ \ / / / \ \ ^ with a well-developed head bearing biting mouth-parts and small ocelli on either side. The thorax bears three pairs of jointed legs, which terminate in a single claw, and the back of the prothorax forms a hard shield, thepronotum. Theab- dominal segments are very similar and bear frohi one to five pairs of short, fleshy, unseg- mented false legs, or prolegs, which termi- nate in a circle of small hooks, one pair of which is always borne by the anal segment. The caterpillars of many moths pupate in little cells, which they hollow out in the ground, but most of them spin silken co- coons, within which they pupate. Some are thin, flimsy affairs, while others, like those of the silkworm, contain a large amount of silk and are very firmly built, forming a warm home for the hibernating pupse. Butterfly larvae spin no co- coons, and the pupa?, or chrysalids, hang pendent from the food plant or some near-by object, to which they are lashed by a strand of silk around the body. The order is one of the largest, including over sixty-six hundred spe- cies in this country, and contains many of our most serious pests, while very few of its members are beneficial. The families are largely distinguished by the wing venation, which is difficult to see, so that it is exceedingly hard to arrange them in any natural and easily f"iG. 258. Luna moth, showing pectinate, or feath ered, form of moth antennae (After S. J. Hunter) Fig. 259. A skipper {Eiidamtis ba- thyllns), showing recurved tips of antennae (After S. J. Hunter) 174 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY >-i^ recognizable groups. The caterpillars of the different families may be recognized, to a certain extent, by their habits and general appearance. The biitterflics and motJis form two main divisions of the order, which are readily distinguished. Butterflies The butterflies are day fliers, and when at rest the wings are held in a vertical position over the back. The antennae are threadlike and are distinctly enlarged at the tip. The butterflies are much less numerous than the moths, both in families and in species, and include relatively few species of any considerable / -4^^^^ economic importance. Two main groups of butterflies are recog- nized, — the skippers (Hcspcriiid) and the true butterflies {Pa- pilionind). SKIPPERS The skippers are Fig. 260. ■ Hop-merchant butterfly, showing form of ^^ ^^j^^^ ^^^^ ^^^j^. knobbed antennas 01 butterflies peculiar habit of dart- ing suddenly from place to place. The wings are held vertically over the back when at rest, though often the hind-wings are held horizontally. The antennae are enlarged at the tip, which usually forms a more or less recurved hook. They have stout bodies, which resemble moths more than butterflies. Some are blackish or dark, somber brown, often flecked with grayish or white, while others are tawny yellow with a blackish discal patch. The latter usually have the fore-wings much more pointed, and have thick bodies. The larvae of our common forms have a characteristic appearance (Fig. 261), with large heads and strongly constricted necks. They feed on foliage, usually concealing themselves within a folded leaf, which is tied together with silk and within which they spin a loose cocoon (Photograph by Fiske) THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS 175 of silk before pupating. Very few of this group are of any economic importance, though one larva occasionally attacks the calla lily, i^^^:4< Fig. 261. The tityrus skipper {Epargyreiis tiiyrus), — adult, larva, and leaf-cocoon. (Natural size) (After Linville and Kelly) and another sometimes injures corn in the Gulf States, perforating the leaves with numerous holes before they unfold. The skippers may be considered as intermediate be- tween the moths and the true butterflies. TRUE BUTTERFLIES The true butterflies include four well- defined families. The swallowtails (Papilionidae) include our common black-and-yellow species, which have the hind-wings prolonged into characteristic tails. The only species of any economic importance is the celery, or parsley, caterpillar {Papilio polyxenes) known swallowtail, jet-black with the outer edge of the wings marked with two rows of yellow spots, and a peculiar eyespot on Fig. 262. The manataaqua skipper [Pamphila mana- taaqua), male. (Natural size) (After Fiske) The adult is our best- Fig. 263. The black swallowtail butterfly {Papilio polyxenes). (Slightly reduced) rt, egg; b, caterpillar; c, front view of head with osmateria protruded; d, chrysalis; e,f, adult. (After Webster) 176 THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS 177 the inner margin of each hind-wing. Between the rows of yellow spots on the hind-wings are bluish scales, which are particularly Fig. 264. The blue swallowtail butterfly (Laeiiins p/iilt'itor). (Reduced one fifth) (Photograph by Fiske) -. prominent in the females. The caterpillar is green, banded with black and spotted with yellow, and feeds on celer)^, parsley, parsnips, and nearly related plants. Like other caterpillars of this Fig. 265. Caterpillar of the troilus butter- fly {Papilio troilus) (Photograph by Weed) Fig. 266. The tiger swallowtail butterfly {Papilio glauciis iumus). (Reduced) (Photograph by Weed) ' 178 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 267. Three common pierid butterflies a, native cabbage butterfly {Pon/ia napi olei-acca), male; /', imported cabbage butterfly {Pontia ra/ac), female ; c, the common sulphur butterfly {Einyinus p/iilodicc), female. (Photograph by Fiske) family it has a pair of pecu- liar, orange-colored, mem- branous horns, which are protruded from between the segments close to the head and which give off quite a disagreeable odor. Evidently these are defen- sive organs, for they appear only when the caterpillar is disturbed. This family includes our largest and most brilliant butterflies. The spring and summer broods of some species are so differently colored that they might be taken for distinct species. Pieridae. The family Picridac includes the yel- low butterflies (sometimes called puddle butterflies, from their habit of swarm- ing around puddles) and the common white cabbage butterfly, which is almost the only form of economic importance in the family. The larvae are slender green caterpillars, clothed with short, fine hairs, and are often finely striped, resembling the cabbage worms. The larvae of the common clouded sulphur {Euryinus pJiilodicc) feed on clovers and leguminous plants, but are rarely numerous enough to be injurious. The gossamer- winged butterflies {Lycaenidae), so called on account of their delicate struc- ture, include the little blue and copper-colored Fk;. 26S. The common blue butterfly {Lycatma pseiidargiolits Boisd.), underside of female (After Fiske) THE r.Uri'KRlLIKS AND MOTHS 179 Fig. 269. The bronze ct butterfly (C/i>ysop/ia>ins Boisd.), female (After Fiske) ppcr t/ioe butterflies which flit along the road- sides in spring. Others are blackish or bluish above, often with two or more fine, threadlike tails extending from the hind-wings, and are marked with fine, hairlike streaks on the under- surface, which has given them the name of " hair streaks." The larvae are quite different from other cater- pillars, being flat, elliptical in outline (with the head retracted), and quite sluglike in appearance. Very few of them are ever injurious, the worst offender being the cotton-square borer {Unm totes niclli- uns), which bores into cotton squares and occasionally attacks beans and cowpeas by eating into the pods. The four-footed butterflies (Nymphalidae) include most of our common larger forms, and are so called on account of the great reduction of the fore-legs ; this makes them of no service in walking, and the legs are folded on the breast. The common monarch, or milk- weed, butterfly {Ajiosia plcxippus), whose green, black-ringed caterpillars feed upon the foliage of the milkweed, is a good example of the family. The spiny elm caterpil- lar, already described (see p. 63), also belongs here. The dark, reddish-brown butterflies of the hop mer- FiG. 271. The cotton square-borer (i'ranoies ch?int {PolygOuicZ COIHVia) Die/linns). (All somewhat enlarged) r • . ^ r 1 '^ ' are of mterest, tor when .dorsal viewof butterfly; ^.butterfly with wings ^j f j^ ^j j^ ragged- closed : f, larva (side view) ; , larva, flat and round forms ; c, pupa ; d, moth ; e, oak leaf showing mines, with cocoons 2t/)/- (After Comstock) narrow, with a fringe several times as broad. Many of the larvae are leaf-miners, feeding between the surfaces of leaves, in which they tunnel out mines whose shape is charac- teristic of the species; some are linear, others serpentine, some are trumpet-shaped, while others are irregular blotches. These little larvae are usually white, and are very much flattened, with small, wedge-shaped heads, Fig. 285. The apple leaf-miner. (Greatly enlarged) a, moth ; i, moth at rest ; c, larva ; d, pupa. (After Quain- tance. United States Department of Agriculture) THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS 185 with only rudiments of legs, and with the abdomen constricted between the segments. Many of them hibernate in the fallen Fig. 2S6. The cigar case-bearer. (Much enlarged) (7, female moth : /', side view of pupa ; c, larva ; d, egg ; e, wing venation ; /, upper view of cigar-shaped case with three-lobed opening at tip ; g, side view of same ; li, the case as it appears in the spring ; /, the fall and winter case. (After Hammar, United States Depart- ment of Agriculture) leaves, in which they pupate and transform the next summer. A well-known example is the apple-leaf trumpet miner {Tischeria vialifoliclla), whose brown, trumpet-shaped mines are common in apple leaves and often cause con- siderable damage. Some of the cat- erpillars of this family make little cases of silk, in which they reside and which are carried over the abdomen as they feed on the foli- age, much like the shell of a snail. Common examples are the pistol-case bearer and the cigar- case bearer, which are common on apple foliage and are so named Fig. 287. The case-making clothes moth [Thiea pellionella). (Enlarged) a, adult ; /', lar\'a ; c, larva in case. (After Riley) i86 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 288. The angumois grain-moth {Sitotroga cerealella 01.). (Enlarged) a, eggs ; b, lar\-a at work ; c, larva : d, pupa ; f ,/, moth. (After Chittenden, United .States Department of Agriculture) from the shapes of the cases. Nearly related to them are the little clothes moths, the plague of every housekeeper, which feed on woolens, furs, etc. There are several species: one makes a case of bits of food fastened to- gether with silk, another builds a tube, and a third feeds unprotected. The more common forms are of a brown color and may be distin- guished from other small moths which frequent the house by the broad fringe to the wings already mentioned. Another mem- ber of this family which is a serious pest of stored corn in the South is the angumois grain-moth {GclccJiia ccTcalcUa), whose larvae live in the kernels of corn and annu- ally destroy millions of dollars' worth. The leaf -rollers (Tortriddae). Here and there on various shrubs and plants will be found leaves which have been rolled up and fastened together with silk by a little cater- pillar living within. Most of this is done by the leaf-rollers, which are the most characteristic of the family Tortriddae, though by no means all leaf-rollers belong to this group. The oblique-banded leaf -roller {Archips rosaceana) is found commonly on roses and various fruit trees, occa- sionally becoming injurious, while its It Fig. 2S9. The oblique-banded leaf- roller (.-:/;r///^j- rosaceana). (Slightly enlarged) a, egg-mass ; b, larva ; c, pupa; d, female moth : e, male moth THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS 187 near relative, the cherry-tree leaf-roller {A. ccrasivorana), festoons the branches of the wild and cultivated cherries with its large nests of leaves fastened together with silk, in which a whole brood of the yellow larvae live and transform. Another group of this family includes the well-known codling moth {Cydia pomonclla), the worst pest of the apple grower, and the eye-spotted bud moth ( Tinctoccra ocellana), which bores in the young buds of the apple, as well as nu- merous other larvae which bore in the buds, termi- nal twigs, fruits, and seeds of va- rious trees and plants. The pyralids. The third family, Pyralidac, includes some half dozen families of quite di- verse appearance and habits, among which are the larger "micros," some of the largest having a wing expanse of one and one half inches and being larger than the smaller forms of the macrolepidoptera. Many of the caterpillars be- longing to this group attack low-growing vegeta- tion, the garden ^ web-worm {Lo- xostcgc siinila- lis) being one which now and then becomes a pest in various parts of the country, attacking gar- den crops, sugar beets and young Fig. 291. The codling moth. (Enlarged) (.\fter Slingerland) Fig. 290. Web and empty pupal skins of the cherry leaf- roller (.4;r////'j' cerasi- i'oraiia). (Reduced) (Photograph by Weed) cotton, and corn. The full-grown Fig. 292. Codling-moth larva in its winter cocoon under a bit of bark (Enlarged and natural size) 1 88 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY caterpillars are slightly over an inch long, yellowish or yellowish- green, marked with numerous shining black tubercles or warts, and may be recog- nized by the fine web which they spin over the food. The moths are of a yellowish-buff color, with darker mark- ings (see Fig. 293). The melon caterpil- lar and the pickle- \^"orm ( DiapJiania hyalinata and iiiti- dalis) are serious crop pests in the Gulf States, though they occur farther north and in the West. The caterpillars are about an inch long, yellowish or greenish-yellow, and feed on the foliage, flowers, and fruit. Among the typical pyralids is the clover-hay F16. 293. The garden web-worm {Loxoategc similalis) a, male moth : b, larva, lateral view ; .c,f, somewhat enlarged; d,e,g, more en- larged. (After Riley and Chittenden, United States Depart- ment of Agriculture) Fig. 294. The meal snout-moth [Pyralii farinalis Linn.). (Twice natural size) a, adult moth ; b, larva ; c, pupa in cocoon. (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) worm {Pyralis cos talis), which is abundant in stacks or mows of old clover hay, upon which it feeds and which is spoiled by being cov- ered with its silken webs and excrement. The moth is of a lilac THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS 189 color, with golden bands and fringes, and expands four fifths of an inch. The meal snout-moth [Py rails farina I is) also sometimes feeds on clover ha\-, though it is more commonly a pest of meal and flour, in which it spins silken tubes wherever it feeds. A thorough Fic;. 295. The Indian-meal moth [Plodia iniei-piinctclla). (Enlarged) (7, moth: /', pupa: c,f, caterpillar: , moth ; c, larva ; -i stalls ienax). (Natural size) FLIES, MOSQUITOES, AND MIDGES 233 Fig. 369. Rat-tailed maggot, larva of a syrphid fly similar to Fig. 368. (Twice natural size) (After Kellogg) among colonies of plant-lice, around which the flies may be seen hovering, and the maggots devour the aphides greedily, being among their most important natural enemies. Some of the larger species are thickly covered with yellow and black hairs, thus closely resembling bumble-bees, in whose nests their larvae reside. A common species which is often found on windows in fall is known as the drone-fly, from its close resemblance to a honey-bee drone. Its lar- va lives in foul water and excrement, and is typical of a group which is often found in privies and similar filth. The larva is maggotlike in shape but has a long, extensile tube, through which it breathes, projecting from the tip of the abdomen to the surface of the food- material, which has given it the name of " rat-tailed maggot." None of the family seems to be injurious, and those larvae which feed on plant-lice are exceed- ingly beneficial. Bot-flies (Oestridae) . Another family in which the flies are well covered with hairs, so as to closely resemble bees, is that of the bot-flies, whose maggots are among the worst insect parasites of domestic animals. The adults have xev)' rudimentary mouth- parts, so that they probably take no food. The eggs are usually laid on the hair of various animals, from which they are licked off and pass into the alimentary tract, though others lay them upon the lips or in the nostrils of the host. Among the more common are the horse bot-fly, which gives rise to the bots in the stomach of the horse, the ox-warble fly, whose maggots pass from the stomach through the tissues of cattle and finally emerge through holes in the skin, causing " grubby " hides, and the sheep bot-fly, Fig. 370. A syrphus-fly ( J'olucella erecta) which resembles a bumble-tee and is an inquiline in bumble-bees' nests (after S. J. Hunter); and a typical syrphus-fly (Syrphits rihesii) 2 34 l-XEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY whose maggots work in the nasal sinuses of sheep, causing " grub- in-the-head, " which often results in fatal vertigo, or "staggers." Other species affect various wild mammals, one inhabiting rabbits being particularly common in the South. When full grown, the bots pass out with the excreta, or drop to the ground, in which they pupate. The muscids. The last group of the typical flies is much the largest and is now held by most students of this order to represent from twenty to thirty families, so that it may be considered as a superfamily. They are all com- monly called muscids (superfamily Mjiscmd) and the house-fly is the best-known example. No attempt will be made to give the technical distinctions by which the different families or subfamilies may be distinguished, for the knowledge of an expert is required for their recognition ; but the different groups will be considered according Fig. 37 1 . The ox bot-fly {Hypodernia li II eat a) (After Marlatt, United States Department of Agriculture) Fig. 372. The horse bot-fly {Gastrophiliis f(/;//),_male ; abdomen of female at left : egg attached to hair at right. (Much enlarged) (After Lugger) FLIES, MOSQUITOES, AND MIDGES 235 Fig. 373. Bots in stomach of a horse ; some removed to show point of attachment (After Osbom, United States Department of Agriculture) to their habits. All are alike in having three-segmented antennas bearing a strong bristle near the base, the modifications of which aid in distinguishing the groups. The larv^ are typical white or light- colored maggots livingwithin their food, and the pu- paria are usually formed on or in the soil. The discovery in recent years that the common house-fly and also many of its near relatives are re- sponsible for the spread of typhoid fever, intestinal diseases of in- fants, and possibly other infectious diseases has given new interest to the study of the common flies heretofore considered mere F"iG. 374. Stable-fly {Sto/?ioxys ctik/tfaiis). adult, larva, and puparium. (Enlarged) (After Howard, United States Department of Agriculture) 236 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY nuisances. Very similar and almost indistinguishable from the house-fly is the common stable-fly, so annoying to cattle. The mouth- parts of the females are fitted for piercing. Just before a storm these flies frequently come into houses and annoy us, from which comes the saying that flies bite before a storm. Like those of the housefly, the larvae live in fresh horse manure. The little horn-flies often annoy cattle by assembling on their flanks and clustering at the base of the horns. The maggots develop in cow manure. The flesh-flies (Sarcophagidae) are so called because many of them lay their eggs on the bodies of dead animals or in open wounds. Fifi. 375. The horn-fly. (Enlarged) a, egg ; b, ^y \ c and d, head and mouth-parts. (After J. B. Smith) though some of the larvae live in dung and decaying vegetable matter. The common flesh-fly (SarcopJiaga sarracoiia) looks like a very large house-fly and gives birth to live maggots (the eggs hatching in the body of the female), which are deposited on fresh meat or in open wounds. The blow-flies and blue-bottle flies are about the size of house-flies, with the abdomen steely-blue or green- ish, and lay their eggs on meat, cheese, or other provisions, which are said to be " blown." The eggs hatch in a day ; the maggots feed on the juices of decaying meat and become full grown in a few days. The common blue-bottle or green-bottle fly {LiLcilia caesai-) also lays its eggs on cow dung. The screw- worm fly (Chrysomyia fnaccllaria) is a bright, metallic green, about one third of an inch FLIES, MOSQUITOES, AND MIDGES 237 long, with four black stripes on the thorax. It li one of the most serious pests of cattle in the South and West, laying its eggs in wounds or sores in which the maggots develop, causing very serious festering sores. Sometimes it oviposits in human nostrils, the work of the larvae not infrequently resulting fatally. Fig. 376. The screw-worm fly {Litcilia maccllaria) a, b, c, larva and details of same ; (if', pupa ; c, adult ; /. head from side. (After J. B. Smith) The tachina-flies (Tachinidae) are found frequenting flowers ; they somewhat resemble the last group, but are commonly recognized by the numerous stout bristles and hairs with which they are clothed. The adults are mostly of a modest gray color, with thorax streaked with blackish-brown or gray, though some have yellow-banded or red abdomens. The eggs are laid on the bodies of caterpillars or on foliage on which they are feeding, and the maggots are parasitic within them. Any one who has tried rearing moths from their caterpillars will have encountered these flies, for often a score or more will inhabit a large caterpillar. When full grown the puparia are formed within the caterpillar or pupa, which never transforms. Some European species which are parasitic on the gypsy moth have been imported into Massachusetts with the hope that they may aid in controlling that pest in this country. Fig. 377. A parasitic tachina-fly and its puparium (After Weed) 2 3S ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY The tachina-flies are among our most beneficial insects, their white eggs being commonly found on the necks of caterpillars and grasshoppers, the flies appearing in large num- bers whenever there is an outbreak of such caterpillars as the army- worm. Root-maggot flies {Anthomyiidae) are an- other group of trouble- some flies belonging to this series, many of whose larvae are serious pests of the roots of vegeta- bles. The flies somewhat resemble house-flies, but are smaller and slighter The cabbage- FlG. 378. The cabbage-maggot. (Enlarged) i7, larva ; l>, pupa ; c, adult ; d, head ; c, antenna. (After Riley) in build. maggot and onion-maggot are well-known examples of these inju- rious larvce, and wherever small flies are seen hovering around these or other root crops, such as radishes, turnips, beets, etc., Fig. 379. The apple-maggot a, adult ; b, larva, or maggot ; r, funnel of spiracle on head ; d, puparium ; c, portion of apple showing injury by maggots, {a, t>, d, enlarged ; ^, reduced.) (After Quaintance, United States Department of Agriculture) FLIES, MOSQUrrOKS, AND MIDOKS 239 they may well be regarded with suspicion. One species occasionally attacks the roots of corn, and another, the beet leaf-miner, makes tortuous mines in beet leaves. The fruit-flies (Trypetidae) burrow in the flesh of fruits and in the stems of plants. The common round gall on the golden-rod is caused by the maggot of one of this group, most of which are medium-sized flies, often metallic in color and usually with strik- ingly banded or mottled wings. In New England the common apple-maggot {RJiagolctis povioucUa), or "railroad worm," which Fig. 3S0. A pomace-fly [Divsophila anipelophila). (Enlarged) (7, adult ; b, antenna of same ; c, base of tibia and first tarsal segment ; d^ c, puparium from side and above; /, larva; g, anal spiracles of same. (After Howard, United States Department of Agriculture) bores through the flesh of the apples, is a well-known example, the adult being black and white with black-banded wings. In Mexico a similar species infests the orange and is occasionally imported into this country. The little pomace-flies {Drosophila sp.), small, yellowish flies about one eighth of an inch long, are common about cider mills and wherever there is decaying fruit, in which their maggots develop. II. PUPIPARA This suborder includes three parasitic families, with but few species, so named on account of the peculiar mode of reproduction. The eggs and larvae are developed within the body of the female and are given birth when mature and all ready to pupate. 240 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Some of the louse-flies {Hippoboscidac) are winged, though some of them cast off or bite off their wings, and are frequently found on birds of prey, while others are common on various birds and mammals. The bodies are very much flattened, the head is joined to the thorax broadly, the antennae con- sist of 'a single segment, and the wing-venation is very simple. The best- known example of the wingless forms is the com- mon sheep-tick {Mclopha- gus ovinus), which should Fig. 381. A louse-fly (C^^rj/fl sp.). (Enlarged) be carefully distinguished from the true ticks (belonging to the Arachnida), and which is the only troublesome member of the family. A nearly related family {Nycteribiidac), look- ing like small spiders, are known as bat-ticks and are even more degenerate in structure. The third family {Braulidae) consists of a single spe- cies, the bee-louse, a minute insect about one six- teenth of an inch long, which is found clinging to the thorax of queen and drone bees Fig. 382. Sheep-tick {Melaphagiis ovinus) Fleas (Siphonaptera) The fleas may be considered in con- nection with the flies, for they were formerly thought to be wingless Dip- tera, but are now classed as a distinct order. The name of the order is de- rived from two Greek words, siphon (a tube) and aptcivs (wingless), referring to the tubelike mouth-parts and the lack of wings. The fleas have an oval body which is very strongly compressed laterally, enabling them to pass through narrow cracks. They are usually of a brown color, with small heads bearing sucking or piercing mouth-parts, and Fig. 383. Bee-louse [Braula caeca) and its larva. (Greatly enlarged) FLIES, MOSQUITOES, AND MIDGES 241 have the merest rudiments of wing-pads. The posterior legs are strongly developed, so that they are able to jump a considerable distance. In the adult stage they live upon various warm-blooded animals, sucking their blood. The eggs are scattered about in the sleeping places of domestic animals and in the cracks of floors. The larvae are vvormlike creatures, with a distinct head, but without legs. They have biting mouth-parts, and feed upon particles of decaying animal and vegetable matter always abundant in the places in which they live. The full-grown larva spins a cocoon in which the pupal stage is passed. In view of these habits, in addition to cleansing domestic animals it is also necessary to thoroughly clean the sleeping places of cats and dogs, to scrub the floors, and to treat large cracks, in which rubbish may accumulate, with gasoline, kerosene, or a similar contact insecticide. In temperate climates the common species which lives upon dogs and cats is the only one often troublesome to human beings ; in the tropics fleas are much more abundant, and attack man as well as the domestic animals. Fig. 3S4. Cat and dog flea (Cienocepkalus cants). (Much enlarged) "> egg ; b, larva in cocoon ; c, pupa ; d, adult ; e, mouth-parts from side ; /, antenna ; g, labium from below, (.\fter Howard, United States Department of Agriculture) 242 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Summary of the Dipteka Suborder I. Typical Diptera (D/pfera ^e^iui/ia). Section i. Antennae with over five /Segments. Long-horned Diptera Aquatic larvae. Families. Mosquitoes {Culicidae). Midges (Chiroiioniidae, etc.). Black-flies (Siniuliidae). Nonaquatic larvae. Families. Crane-flies {Tipulidae). Fungus-gnats {Myceiophilidae). Gall-gnats {Cecidomyiidac). Section 2. Antennas with five or less segments. Short-horned Diptera (BracJiycerd). Third antennal segment ringed. Families. Horse-flies {Tabanidae). Soldier-flies {Stratioiiiyidae). Antennae with four or five segments. Families. Robber-flies [Asilidae). Midas-flies {Midaidae). Antennae with three segments ; with an arista on third segment. Families. Bee-flies {Bombyliidae). Flower-flies (Syrphidae). Wasp-flies (Conopidae). Bot-flies {Oestridae). '. ' Superfamily. Muscids [Muscind). , House-flies, etc. {Muscidae). Flesh-flies {Sarcophagidae). ' -^ Root-maggot flies {AniJioniyiidae). Tachina-flies ( TacJiiiiidae). Fruit-flies ( Trypetidae). Suborder \\. Pupipara. Families. Louse-flies [Hippoboscidae). Bat-ticks {Nycteribildae). Bee-lice {Braulidae). CHAPTER XV THE SAW-FLIES, ICHNEUMONS, WASPS, BEES, AND ANTS {HYMENOPTERA) Characteristics. Insects with four membranous wings, with few cross-veins, the hind-wings smaller than the fore-wings ; mouth-parts, formed for both biting and sucking, or lapping ; abdomen of the females, usually bearing an ovipositor or sting ; metamorphosis, complete. The insects of this order are mostly beneficial, though a few families are injurious to crops. Probably no other invertebrate ani- mals, and very few vertebrates, have as highly developed instincts as many of the insects of this order, the social ants, bees, and wasps having always been the objects of the greatest popular and biological interest on account of their high intelligence, if it may be so termed. The wings are membranous, with but few veins, are frequently clothed with short hairs, and are held together by a row of hooks on the anterior margin of the hind-wings, which grasp a fold of the hind-margin of the fore-wings, so that the two wings move to- gether as one. The name of the order is derived from hyuicii (a membrane) and ptcnvi (a wing). The mandibles are always well developed and used for biting. In the ants, bees, and wasps the maxillae are more or less developed as a sheath surrounding the labium, which is prolonged into a tongue, so that these mouth- parts are adapted for sucking or lapping the liquid food. Most of the larvae are footless and maggotlike, living within the food, where the eggs are placed by the adults, but the larvae of the first two families bear both true legs and several pairs of abdominal prolegs, and resemble caterpillars in both form and habits. Many species spin a cocoon before pupating, and the newly formed pupae are white, with the legs, wings, and antennae pressed close to the body. The different families fall into several natural groups recogniz- able by their structure and habits. 243 244 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Suborder I. The Boring Hymenoptera (Terebrantia) In the first suborder the females bear a well-developed ovipositor, with which the eggs are inserted into the food plant or host insect, and the trochanters of the hind-le^s consist of two segments. 1. PLANT-EATING HYMENOPTERA The first two families are distinguishable by the base of the ab- domen being broadly joined to the thorax, with no constriction at this point. The saw-flies {Tenfhredinidae) are so called on account of the saw- like ovipositor. It is toothed at the tip, having a structure which enables the females to insert their eggs beneath the surface of leaves Fig. 385. The American rose-slug [Endelomyia rosae) a, adult saw-fly ; b, mature larva ; c, work of larva on rose leaf ; d, piece of rose leaf showing location of egg near margin : c, egg. {a, b, c, and e enlarged, d, natural size.) (After Chitten- den, United States Department of Agriculture) or in the stems of plants. They are medium-sized insects from one fourth to one half of an inch long, usually blackish or yellow-and- black in color, with the wings folded over the back when at rest. The larvae resemble small caterpillars, but usually have a larger HYMENOPTERA 245 Fig. 386. The pear-slug (7, adult saw-fly, female ; c, same in normal state number of prolegs on the abdomen, and lack the hard shield usually- found on the prothorax of lepidopterous cater- pillars. Most of them feed on foliage, and many are quite injurious. Sev- eral species are soft- bodied and covered with a viscid, slimy matter, which has given them the name of " slugs." Among the more com- mon species are the yellow-and-green currant worms (jVema/us ribe- sii), which devour the foliage of currants and gooseberries, the rose- slug {Moiiostcgia rosae), which strips off the sur- face of rose leaves, leaving them brown as if scorched, and the pear-slug {Eriocampa cc- rasi), which injures pear and cherr}' foliage in the same manner. Other spe- cies often defoliate straw- berry and raspberry bushes, and there are numerous species which may be found on various shade and forest trees, one of the most injurious being the larch saw-flly (Ly- gaconcviatns cricJisoiiii) , which has defoliated and thus destro}'ed large areas of larch in New England and Canada. /', larva with slime removed ; d, leaves with larva (natural size), (a, b, c, much enlarged.) (After Marlatt, United States Department of Agriculture) Fig. 387. Pear-slug, illustrating method of ovi- position and emergence of larva. (Enlarged) a, cutting of cell beneath epidermis of leaf, showing the tip of the ovipositor ; b, the cell after the egg has been deposited ; c^ same after the escape of the larva. (After Marlatt, United States Department of Agriculture) 246 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Horn-tails {Siricidae). The ovipositor of the horn-tails is cyhn- drical, more like a borer, and, as it projects from the abdomen, has given the family its name. The eggs are laid within the stems of grasses and various plants, such as berry canes and alder, while some of the larger species deposit them in the solid wood of various shade and forest trees, usually when the tree is beginning to die. Fig. 388. The pigeon tremex, or horn-tail [Tremex coliimba) a, larva with young larva of Thakssa fastened to its side ; b, its head ; t, d^ female and male pupae ; r, female. (After Riley) The larvae feed within these plants, tunneling out burrows, and are difficult to combat. Fortunately but few are of considerable economic importance. 2. GALL-INHABITING HYMENOPTERA Gall-flies {Cynipidae). The gall-flies lay their eggs in the leaves and stems of plants, and the injury done by the developing larvae causes the formation of a characteristic gall by the plant tissues surrounding them. The adults are small insects resembling wasps, HYMENOPTERA 247 and the abdomen is joined to the thorax by a slender petiole, or stalk, as in the fam- ilies named below, from which they are distinguished by lacking the dark spot, or stigma, toward the end of the anterior margin of the fore-wings. They have short, thick bodies, and the abdomen is com- monly compressed, so that the segments appear to be more or less telescoped. The mossy rose-gall {Rhoditcs rosae), which forms a large, Fig. 389. Mossy rose-gall [RJio,liics rosac] (After Comstock) mosslike gall on the stems of roses, and the spongy oak-apple {AinpJiibolips spongificd), which looks like a puff-ball on the leaves and stems of oaks, are well-known examples. The adult flies may be easily reared by removing the galls from the plants when fully matured and placing them in any suitable receptacles. Only a few species are of economic importance on cultivated crops, among which may be men- tioned the pithy blackberry-gall {Diastrophus iicbidosiis), an irregular swelling two to three inches long on blackberry stems, inside which will be found numerous larvae. 3. PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA Fig. 390. Spongy oak- Most of the small, slender, wasplike hymen- apple {AmphiboUps optera, which are distinguishable from the true spongifica) wasps by the two-segmented trochanters of the (Photograph by Weed) 248 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY hind legs, are parasitic upon the eggs or larvae of other insects, and belong to a group of families which are the most important ,— . of parasitic insects. The technical differences between the more common families are based Fig. 391. A gall-fly (C)'- 7iips (jiteraissailratix), which produces the jumping galls formed on oak leaves. (Much enlarged) (After Kellogg) Fig. 392. Long-tailed ophion {Ophion macrii-nim). (Much enlarged) (After Riley) upon the wing-venation, and need not be discussed, but the gen- eral habits are somewhat similar. The female lays her eggs either Fig. 393. Pimpla conqnisitoi: (Twice natural size) a, female ; b, female in act of ovipositing in cocoon of tent caterpillar. (After Fiske) HYMENOPTERA 249 upon or within a larva or an egg, the larger forms laying but a single egg on a larva, while the smaller species may deposit a con- siderable number within a large caterpillar. The young larva at once enters the body of the host and feeds upon its blood, not interfering with the principal tis- sues and organs, so that the host goes on growing and furnishing food to the parasite. Finally, however, the parasite so depletes the vitality of the host that it dies, though often not until it has transformed to a pupa. The parasitic larva then spins its co- coon, usually either within or upon the dead host, and in due time the adult parasite emerges and continues the good work. To a Fig. 394. Long-tailed ichneumon-fly (T/ialessa liiiiator). (Natural size) The parts of the long ovipositor normally lie together as a single organ ; the figure at the left shows the manner of inserting the ovipositor in wood. (After Comstock) certain extent many parasites are peculiar to certain host insects, though many of them attack various larvae or caterpillars having similar habits. Frequently many of our worst insect pests are brought under control by the beneficent work of these little parasites, 250 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY and we are just commencing to learn how to utilize them in com- bating imported insects. Thus the state of Massachusetts and the United States Bureau of Entomolog)' are now carrying on ex- tensive experiments in the importation of the parasites of the gypsy and brown-tail moths, which are very largely effective in holding those insects in control in Europe. The various parasites which attack the eggs and caterpillars at different stages of growth have been imported; they are reared in this country until suf- ficiently numerous, and are then liberated in sections badly affected by the caterpillars, with the hope that they will ultimately become numerous enough to hold their hosts in check. Ichneumon-flies (Ichneumonidae). Any one who has attempted to rear any of our large moths, such as the cecropia or polyphemus moths (see page 215), will have be- come acquainted with the Ophion flies, which commonly parasitize them. They are light brown or golden in color, about three fourths of an inch long, and the abdomen is compressed laterally, so that the back is ridged. A single ^g^ is laid on the caterpillar, which lives to pupate. The Ophion larva spins a tough brown cocoon within the pupal shell and emerges from it the next spring. They belong to the large family of ichneumon-flies, which includes most of the larger par- asites, though some of this family are quite small. The Pinipla flies are nearly the same size, but are black in color and have the abdomen more broadly joined to the thorax. They are effective parasites of many of our most common caterpillars, such as the tent caterpillar, tussock-moth caterpillars, the cotton-worm, and others. Braconid-flies (Braconidae). Wherever plant-lice are abundant there will be found some empty brown skins, globular in form and with a small round hole in each. Other individuals will be brown, swollen, and dying as a result of the parasitism of little braconid, flies which are developing within them. When mature the parasite Fig. 395. Limneria fiigitiva, a parasite of the tent caterpillar. (Twice natural size) (After Fiske) HYMENOPTERA 251 leaves the swollen skin of the aphis through a round hole. Often whole colonies of aphides will be found to have been thus parasi- tized. One little species {Lysiphlcbns tritici) has been principally responsible for subjugating the green-bug, or southern grain aphis, Fig. 396. Lystphlebus tritici, male, the wasplike parasite of the green-bug. (Very much enlarged) (After S. J. Hunter) which has been so destructive to grain in the southwest ; this par- asite also attacks many other commonly injurious aphides. Larvae of the large green tobacco or tomato worm (PhlegetJwnthis qtiinqiie- maculata (Fig. 333) are frequently found covered with what appear to be small silken eggs. These are the cocoons of little braconids of the genus Apantcles which have devel- y\g. 397. Lysiphlebus parasite in act of depositing oped within the cat- eggs in the body of a grain aphis. (Much enlarged) erpillar's body. Not (After Webster, United States Department of Agriculture) 2$2 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY infrequently such caterpillars are ruthlessly destroyed on the sup- position that these are the eggs of the caterpillars, whereas they are its worst enemies and should always be protected. The bra- conids are small, wasplike flies, from one sixteenth to one eighth of an inch long, of brown or yellow-and-black colors. Fig. 398. Dead green- bugs, showing holes from which parasites emerge. (Much enlarged) The upper figure shows the lid still attached, and the lower shows the parasite emerging. (After Webster, United States Department of Agriculture) Fig. 399. Wheat-louse parasite [Aphiditis granariaphis Cook) and parasitized aphid from which a parasite has emerged. (Much enlarged) (Copied from J. B. Smith) Fig. 400. Sphinx caterpillar with cocoons of braconid parasites HYMENOPTERA 253 The chalcis-flies (Chalcididae) are even smaller, and are usually blackish with strongly metallic reflections of bronze or green, and are readily recognized by the stout bodies and the almost entire ab- sence of wing veins. Some of them are parasitic on various cater- pillars. One species {Pteronuihts piipannn) attacks the common Fig. 401. rteromahis fupanim, a chalcis-fly which parasitizes the cabbage-worm and many other injurious insects. ((Greatly enlarged, hair Hne shows natural size) (?, male : />, female. (After Chittenden, United States Department of Agriculture) cabbage-butterfl}' caterpillars, from one of whose chrysalids several hundred of the parasitic flies may often be reared, and in some sec- tions entirely prevents the increase of this troublesome garden pest. Many of the species are parasitic in the eggs of insects, while others are the most effective parasites of scale insects. Unfortunately one or two species are injurious to crops, the best-known example being the joint- worm of wheat [Isosonia tritici), whose larva works in the lower stems, causing gall-like swellings of the joints and weakening them so that the grain is blown over, much the same as when affected by the Hes- sian fly. Smallest of all the par- asites are the little proc- tOtrypids {Pmctotrypidae), ym^. 402. A chakis parasite {Chiropachys colon) the largest of which are of the fruit-tree bark beetle 254 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY not over one twenty-fifth of an inch long, and the smallest not over one fifth that size. Most of them inhabit the eggs of insects, though some are secondary parasites ; that is, they are parasitic on larger parasites, and to this degree are sometimes injurious. Fig. 403. The fig insect {Blastophaga grossorioji), whose introduction has made Smyrna fig culture possible in California. (Enlarged) a, adult female ; /', head of same from below ; c, from side ; (/, male fertilizing female ; e, female issuing from gall ; /, adult male. (After Westwood, from Howard) Suborder IL The Stinging Hymenoptera {Aculeata) In the second suborder the female bears a well-developed sting at the tip of the abdomen, which is effectively used as an organ of offense. The trochanters of the hind-legs have but a single seg- ment in all of the ants, wasps, and bees which form this suborder. 1. THE ANTS [FOKMICINA) A long chapter might well be devoted to these well-known in- sects, for many interesting volumes have been written by some of our greatest naturalists concerning their remarkable intelligence and the highly developed organization of their society.^ Every one recognizes an ant, but the so-called white ants, or termites {Terini- tidac, order Platyptcra), and the velvet ants {Miitillidac) may be distinguished from them by the fact that the first segment of the ^ See the most interesting monograph of Dr. W. M. Wheeler, "Ants," Colum- bia Biological Series. HYMENOPTERA 255 Fig. 404. Wheat straw-worm, spring genera- tion. (Much enlarged) a, b, larvae ; /, female. (After Riley, United States Department of Agriculture) abdomen of true ants forms a sort of knot or tooth between the thorax and abdomen. The males and females are winged and mate in their nuptial flight, which may often be ob- served on a warm summer day, when the air will be filled with them. After this the males soon die, but the females bite off their wings and either found a new colony or are taken in by some workers. The workers, or neuters, are wingless, undeveloped females. They may upon necessity lay eggs, but these give rise to males only. The workers do all the work of the colony, caring for the eggs and larvas, which they feed and bring up with all the nicety of the best-ordered nurser)-. The true females, or so-called queens, merely lay the eggs, having no control over the colony, which is managed on the most socialistic lines by the workers. There are frequently many different sizes and forms of workers, each of which has a particular sort of work. Thus the large-headed, strong-jawed individuals are naturally the soldiers, while others look after the larvae and eggs. Ants feed on various animal substances, being very fond of dead insects and sweets of all kinds. It is the latter taste which leads many species to take such care of the little „ , ,. , . , ^ Pig. 405. Ants attending aphids. green plant-lice (see page 127), which (Slightly enlarged) give off the sweet honey-dew of which (Photograph by Weed) 256 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY they are so fond. Wherever aphides which produce honey-dew are abundant, the ants will be found watching over them, warding off parasites and often transporting them from plant to plant when food becomes scarce. Now and then an ant may be seen to tap an aphis with its antennae, when a drop of the honey-dew will be exuded and greedily lapped up. So well do they herd them that the aphides have been aptly called the ants' little green cattle. The relation of some ants to plant-lice is most remarkable, as in the cas.e of the little brown ant {Lasins niger ainericamis) which cares for the eggs of the corn root-aphis in its 9 I ] f nest over winter and then carries the aphides to the roots of weeds and grasses and then to corn roots in the spring. It is this relation of the ants to aphides which makes many species of decided economic importance to the farmer and necessitates his destroying them as far as possible. There are several families of ants, but most of our common forms are included in two large families. The typical ants {Camponotidae) have but one segment to the petiole of the abdomen, and have no sting. The large, black car- penter-ant {Caniponotns pennsylvaniciis), which tunnels out dead or dying trees, logs, and timbers, is a well-known example of one of our larger species, and the little brown ants of the genus Lasiiis make their nests along roadways and in pastures and meadows, and include the species which care for the corn root-aphis and other injurious plant-lice. Some of the species make large mounds for their homes, and others are slaveholders, capturing the ants of other colonies and maintaining them in servitude. Stinging ants. In the Mynnicidae the petiole of the abdomen is composed of two segments, and most of the females bear a sting. The little red ant {Monoinoriiim pharaonis) which often infests our pantries is well known, but fortunately has no sting. The so-called agricultural-ants of the southwest belong to this group. Their Fig. 406. Lateral aspects of abdomens of three fam- ilies of ants /, Camponotidae ; 2, Poneri- dae ; j, My)tn'iddac ; a, tho- rax ; b, first abdominal seg- ment ; c, second abdominal segment ; d, third abdominal segment. (After Kellogg) Fig. 407. The red ant iyMonotnoriinii phai-aonis). (Enlarged) rt, female ; /', worker. (After Riley) Fig. 40S. The little black ant (Mo>ioi>iorhnn iiihnitui/i). (Much enlarged) a, female, or queen ; b, same with wings ; c, male ; d, workers ; r, pupa ; /, larv'a ; g, egg of worker. (After Marlatt, United States Department of Agriculture) 257 Fig. 409. The Argentine ant [Iridomyrniex huinilis Mayr. <^?, worker; 1^, fertile queen. (After Newell) Fig. 410. Mound nest of western agricultural-ant {Pogonomymiex occidentalis Cress.), showing entrance hole in mound, and cleared space around it (After Headlee and Dean) HYMENOPTERA 259 nests are made underground, and around the entrance all vegeta- tion is cleared off and regular runways radiate out Fig. 411. Western agricultural-ant, or mound-building prairie ant {Pc\i^o- iiomynnex cccideiitalis). (Enlarged) «, worker; b, queen. (After Headlee and Dean) among the neighboring grasses, the seeds the nest and furnish food, A few years ago into New Orleans from Argentina, known as the Argentine ant {Iridomyrnicx /uiniilis), and has now spread over Louisiana and neighboring states, becoming a very serious household pest as well as attacking vegeta- tion. Another common species of this fam- ily {Solenopsis gcniinata) is one of the most impor- tant enemies of the larvae of the cotton-boll weevil. It will thus be seen that our com- mon ants are of very diverse habits and of of which are stored in a species was imported Fig. 412. Solenopsis gemiiiata Fab., a native ant which is a val- uable enemy of the cotton-boll weevil. (Much enlarged) (After Hunter and Hinds, United States Department of Agriculture) varymg eco- nomic impor- tance. They are much more abundant in Fig. 413. Work of the black carpenter-ant [Cam- po)!oti(s petin sylvan icits) in black spruce The injury to the living tree allowed the ants to enter, so that the heartwood was com- pletely destroyed by them and the tree fell. (After Hopkins) 26o ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY the South, and in the tropics become veritable pests. Various arti- ficial nests have been devised whereby colonies may be maintained indoors for study, for which no insects are of more interest.^ 2. WASPS Every small boy soon makes the acquaintance of the bees and wasps, which he naturally classes together from their ability to sting most painfully. The males, however, are entirely harmless, but Fig. 414. A digger-wasp {Amviophila sp.). (Natural size) rt, wasp putting an inch-worm into its nest burrow ; b, the nest burrow with food for the young, paralyzed inch-worms in bottom and burrow nearly filled ; r, wasp bringing a bit of material to put over the filled nest burrow. (From life, after Kellogg) unfortunately we have no means of recognizing them in the field. The wasps may be distinguished from the bees by the first seg- inent of the hind tarsus being cylindrical and naked, and the body hairs being simple and unbranched. Digger-wasps (Sphecina). Several families of wasps are grouped together under this name, which is due to their habit of digging 1 See Kellogg's "American Insects," p. 548. HYMENOPTERA 261 holes in the ground or in wood, in which their nests are made. They are distinguished from the true wasps ( [ ^espina) by the wings lying flat on the body when at rest. They are solitary forms, each female making her own nest in which the eggs are laid, and pro- visioning it with spiders, caterpillars, or other insects, upon which the larvae feed. The food is stored alive in a remarkable manner. The female seizes the spider or insect and stings it in the nerve ganglia of the thorax, thus paralyzing it so that it remains alive but helpless. The prey thus para- lyzed is placed in the burrow, the egg is laid with it, and the tube is then sealed up, several compart- ments usually being made, one after another. When the egg hatches, the young larva finds an abundant supply of well-preserved food for its nourishment. Many of the nests are made in burrows in sandy banks, others in the pith of plants, such as the sumac and elder, while others make mud nests or tubes, as do the common mud daubers. Velvet-ants (MutiUidae). In the warmer parts of the country one will often see large, antlike insects thickly covered with black, red, or yellow hair, which has given them this name. The males are winged, but the females are wingless and can sting severely. One of the largest species is bright scarlet and black, two thirds of an inch long, and provisions its burrows, made in beaten paths, with flies and other insects, though it is known to enter beehives and kill bees. The spider-wasps (Psammocharidae) are slender, long-legged, blackish wasps with reddish or black wings, the body often marked with red or orange ; they provision their nests with spiders. They are mostly medium-sized wasps, though the tarantula hawk {Pcpsis formosa), which preys upon the tarantulas of the southwest, is Fig. 415. A velvet-ant {Sphaero- phthalnia similima), female. (Four times natural size) (After Lugger) 262 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY the largest species of the order, being nearly two inches long and having a wing expanse of over three inches. Not infrequently it is overpowered and destroyed by its formidable prey. Fig. 416. The tarantula-killer (Pepsis formosa). (Natural size) The thread-waisted wasps (Sphecidae) are readily recognized by the very long, threadlike petiole of the abdomen, and include our common mud-daubers, which make their nests under the eaves of buildings and in barns, attics, etc. ^^^ ^ Fig. 417. A mud-dauber {Pelopacm cemefiiarius) (After S. J. Hunter) The nests are composed of sev- eral tubes placed side by side, each of which is provisioned with spiders. They may be seen around pools, collecting mud for their nests, and jerking their wings from side to side ■ in a nervous manner. A nearly related family {Bem- becidac), which burrows in the sand and provisions its nests with flies and similar insects, includes the large cicada-killer. This is HYMENOPTERA 263 one of our largest wasps, one and one fourth inches long, black or rusty in color, with the abdomen banded with yellow, which pounces upon a cicada and carries it off to its burrow in the ground as food for the larva. Other nearly related families of digger-wasps make their nests in the pith of plants or bore into more solid i : i Fig. 418. Mud-dauber wasp {Pelopaens sp.) and nest. (Natural size) (After Linville and Kelly) wood, or often use the deserted burrow of some other insect (such as some of the bees which have similar habits), provisioning them with flies, spiders, and various insects. The true wasps (Vespina) may be distinguished from the digger- wasps by having the wings folded on the back like a fan when at rest, and the legs are not adapted to burrowing, being free from spines and bristles. The solitary- wasps {Enmenidae) resemble the 264 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY digger-wasps in their habits, making burrows in the earth or in wood, or forming their nests of mud and provisioning them with insects. One of our common species {Eunienes fraternns) makes a little mud nest on the twigs of bushes and trees, which looks like a miniature water-jug. The young are fed on caterpillars, and enjoy cankerworms when these are available. Other species of this family look like small yel- low-jackets. The Social-wasps Fig. 419. Female Sphechis speciosiis carry- ing cicada to her burrow. (Natural size) (After Riley, United States Department of Agriculture) {Vcspidae) live in colonies and, be- sides males and females, have a form of undeveloped females known as workers, all of which are winged. They build their nests either in the ground or attached to bushes, trees, or buildings, and construct them of paper made from bits of wood chewed up and formed into a paste, for they discovered the possibility of making paper from wood pulp long before man thought of it. They are very jealous of their homes and enforce a wholesome respect for them upon whoever even accidentally disturbs them, as every one who has attacked a nest of yellow-jackets or hornets is Fig. 420. The fraternal potter wasp {Eiiinenes fraternns) and its earthen nest (Photograph by Weed) Fig. 421. Pollutes aiiuular-is and its nest. (Two thirds natural size) (After Quaintance and Brues, United States Department of Agriculture) Fig. 422. Nest of yellow-jacket {I'espa sp.) ; at right, nest opened to show combs (Photograph by Weed) 265 266 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 423. White-faced wasp (J'espa /iiaciiiahj) well aware. The adults are predacious and feed their young on insects which have been masticated. Not infrequently, where an outbreak of caterpillars occurs, wasps will be seen carrying them off to their nests in considerable numbers ; we have observed them at work on the cotton boll-worm and leaf-worms in the South. But two genera are com- mon in the East. Polistes are black ringed with yellow, or are brownish, and have long, spindle-shaped abdo- mens. Their nests are composed of a single comb and are attached by a short stem. The genus l^espa includes the hornets and yellow-jackets, which are black, spotted or banded with yellow, or yellowish-white, with a short, stout body, and the abdomen attached by a very short peduncle. Their nests are formed of several layers of combs, all of which are covered with a waterproof covering of paper, made from weatherworn wood of stumps, trees, fences, and buildings. The nests are gradually enlarged, new combs being added and the outer envelope being enlarged to cover them. The males and workers die in the fall, and the females hiber- nate over winter and start a new colony in the spring. 3. BEES {APINA) Most of our com- mon bees are readily distinguished as such by the general shape and hairy clothing of Fig. 424. a, mouth-parts of a short-tongued bee (P/vsopis fubescens) (note short, broad, flapHke tongue, or glossa) ; b, mouth-parts of a long-tongued bee {A)ithophora pilipes) (note greatly extended tongue). (Much enlarged) (After Sharpe, from Kellogg) HYMENOPTERA 267 the body. Some of them, however, may be confused with some of the wasps, from which they may be separated by the structure of the first segment of the hind tarsus (which is dilated, flattened, and usually provided with numerous hairs __ to aid in carrying pollen) and also by the fact that the body hairs are covered with short branches instead of being simple, as in wasps. They are quite variable in habit : some are solitary, — that is, each female makes a nest for her young, as do the solitary wasps ; others lay their eggs in the nests of other bees ; while others, of which the honey-bee is the best example, live in colonies. The nests may always be recognized, how- ever, by their being stored with pollen and honey and never with insects. Two families are recognized, which are dis- tinguished by the length of the tip of the labium, or glossa. In the Short-tongued bees {AndTe- iiidac) the tip of the labium is shorter than the base, while in the Long-tongued bees (Apidae) it is much longer and en- ables them to secure the nectar from deeper flowers. All of the bees are of great economic importance, for as they go from flower to flower the pollen be- comes attached to the hairs of the body as well as to the special structures on the legs, by which they transport it, and is brushed off on the stigma of the next flower visited. Thus the bees are the most important agents in the cross-fer- tilization of flowers, without which many plants will not set their seed or fruit. For this reason those who grow cucumbers and tomatoes under glass always have a hive of bees to fertilize the flowers, and where bees are scarce, many of our common fruits set but sparingly. Fig. 425. Nest of Audreiia, the mining bee (After Packard) 268 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 426. A common short-tongued bee {A//- drena sp.). (Slightly enlarged) None of the short-tongued bees Hve in colonies, and many of them make their nests in the ground, which has given them the name of "mining bees." Their tunnels are usually branched, each branch terminating in a single cell, which is lined with a sort of glazing. After this cell is filled with nectar and pollen, the Q.gg is laid and the cell is then sealed up. Quite commonly, large numbers of these tunnels will be found near together, forming large villages. Some of the smaller forms mine into the sides of sand banks and cliffs, their numerous holes making the surface appear as if it had received a charge from a shotgun. These little females of the genus HalictJis have the interesting habit of making a common burrow into a bank and then each making a side passage to her own cells, so that, as Professor Comstock aptl)' remarks, "While Andrcna builds villages composed of individual homes, Halictus makes cities composed of apartment houses." Fig. 427. A mining- bee {Halictus lerouxii var. 7-iibontm Ckll.). (Slightly enlarged) Fig. 428. The leaf-cutter bee and a leaf-covered cell removed from its burrow. (Natural size) (After Linville and Kelly) HYMENOPTERA 269 The majority of the Long-tongued bees {Apidac) are solitary and have most diverse nesting habits : some make their cells in the ground, as do the miners ; others are potters, and fashion nests of mud, which are attached to the stems of plants ; some are carpenters, boring holes in wood ; while some go so far as to upholster their nests with neatly cut pieces of leaves, with which the cells are lined and covered. The leaf- cutter bees are peculiarly interesting forms, though of no particular economic importance. They bore a hole in soft or decaying" wood, in the bottom of which is deftly fitted a piece of a leaf, rose leaves being commonly used, so as to make a thimblelike cup. In this the pollen and nectar are placed and an ^gg is laid, and then a circular-shaped piece of leaf is jammed down so as to make a tight wad over the cell, and another similar cell is made above it. The circular areas cut from rose leaves b)' these bees may frequently be noticed. Others are known as carpenter-bees, making their nests in wood. The smaller carpenter-bee {Ceratina dupla) inhabits the dead stems of sumac or the hollow stems of other plants, which are cleaned out and used over again by the young. Several cells are made and separated by little chips. When the tunnel is full, the female waits for her children to grow up. " The lower one hatches first," says Professor Comstock, "" and after it has attained its growth, it tears down the partition above it, and then waits patiently for the one above to do the same. Finally, after the last one in the top cell has matured, the mother y\g. 430. umble-bees queen, or fertile female, and Kellogg) (After Jordan grown, make strong, brown, silken cocoons, in which they change to pupae. These cocoons are strengthened with wax by the queens, and are used for storing honey, after the young emerge. The first broods are all workers, and af- ter their appearance the queen has nothing more to do but lay her eggs. Later in the season the males and other queens appear, all living together in the same nest. In the fall the young queens crawl away to a suitable hibernating place, and in the spring start new colonies, in the manner previously described. Honey-bees. Probably no other insect is of quite as much human interest as the honey-bee. Apiculture is a well-developed art, its literature is extensive, and its devotees have well-organized associ- ations. The honey-bee was brought from Europe by the early settlers of this country, and swarms have escaped, which have become the wild bees now found in hollow trees. There are three forms in every hive, — the queen, the drones, or males, and the workers, which are imperfectly devel- oped females. The workers are the common forms with which we are familiar, and which do all the work of the colony. The drones are larger than the workers, are reared in larger cells, and are blunter and broader in shape. They are relatively few in number, and occur only in the early summer, during the swarming season, after which they are expelled from the nest or killed by the workers. Fig. 433. The honey-bee {Ap/s mcllifica) 4, queen ; B, drone ; C, worker. (After Kellogg) 272 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY The queen bee is much larger than the work- er, and has a long, pointed body. She is developed in a special cell sev- eral times the size of an or- dinary cell and readily distin- guishable, as it extends at a right angle to Fig. 434. Queen cells of the honey-bee, and worker brood in , , ,. various stages (After Benton, United States Department of Agriculture) all fed by the workers, who provide honey and bee-bread, composed of pollen and nectar, for the ordinary cells which are to develop workers and Fig. 435. Honey-bees building comb (side of hive removed) (After Benton, United States Department of Agriculture) HYMENOPTERA 273 drones, but for the queen cell a the mouths of the workers and may be developed into a queen at the desire of the workers by enlarging the cell and feed- ing the larva with this royal jelly. In the spring new queens appear in the colony, which are defended from the old queen by the workers, when the old queen, with many of her subjects, forms a new swarm and goes off to start a new colony, thus insuring the multiplication and continuance of the spe- cies. The comb is made of wax, and is constructed in thin, hexagonal cells so as to use as little material as possible, for it takes twenty- one pounds of honey to make one pound of wax. To secure the wax, some of the workers gorge themselves with honey and hang in a curtainlike mass in the hive. In a day or so the wax commences to exude from the wax plates on the underside of the abdomen and is scraped off and used by other workers in construct- ing the comb. From the buds of various trees, particularly the poplar, they collect a sort of resin, called propolis, which is used for cementing crevices in the hive. The royal jelly, which is excreted from is very nutritious. Any worker egg Fig. 436. Legs of the honey-bee .-/, left front leg of worker (anterior view), show- ing position of notch (M) of antenna cleaner on base of first tarsal joint (/ Tar) and of clos- ing spine (cc) on end of tibia (Ti) ; B, left hind-leg of worker (anterior view), showing the pollen-basket {C/>) on outer surface of tibia (Td) ; C, inner view of first tarsal joint of hind- leg of worker, showing rows of pollen-gather- ing hairs and the so-called "wax shears." (After Snodgrass, United States Department of Agriculture) 2 74 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY bee-bread on which the larvae are fed is made from the pollen of flowers and is carried to the nest on the hind-legs, which have a hair-encircled area, called the pollen-basket, for transporting it. The honey is stored for food during the winter, and is made from the nectar of flowers, which is taken into the honey-stomach, where it is changed to honey, and is then regurgitated into the cells of the comb. Summary of the Hymenoptera Suborder I. Boring Hymenoptera {Terebrantia). With ovipositor and two- segmented trochanters. Section i. Plant-eating Hymenoptera. Abdomen not constricted. Family. Saw-flies {Tenthredinidae). Horn-tails (Siricidae). Section 2. Gall-inhabiting Hymenoptera {Cy)iipidae). Section 3. Parasitic Hymenoptera. Abdomen petiolate. Family. Ichneumon-flies (IcJiiieiononidae). Braconid-flies {Braconidae). Chalcis-flies ( Chalcididae). Proctotrypid-flies {Proctotiypidae). Suborder H. Stinging Hymenoptera {Aciileafa). Females bearing a sting; simple trochanters. Section i. Ants (superfamily Fonnicina). Family. Common ants (Cainponotidae). Stinging ants {Mynnicidae). Section 2. Wasps. First segment of metatarsi cylindrical ; hairs simple. A, Digger-wasps (superfamily Sphecind). Family. Velvet-ants [Mutillidae). Spider-wasps {Psafii/nocharidae). Thread-waisted wasps {SpJiecidae). Bembecids {Beinbecidae), and others. B. True wasps (superfamily Vespina). Wings folded fanlike on back when at rest. Family. Solitary wasps (Eiunenidae). Social wasps {Vcspidae), Section 3. Bees (superfamily Apia a). First segment of metatarsi, broad, flattened, hairy ; body hairs, plumose. Family. Short-tongued bees {Andretiidae). Long-tongued bees (Apidae). Solitary bees, guest-bees, social bees. PART III. LABORATORY EXERCISES CHAPTER XVI THE EXTERNAL ANATOMY OF THE LOCUST Note. Beyond a doubt, one of the most difficult problems every instructor in the biological laboratory has to meet is to determine the amount of assistance which shall be given individual students. In advanced work, probably the best plan is to train students to rely on their own resources and to solve their own problems. In elementary classes, however, far too much time is often wasted in the laboratory because the instructor does not happen to be at hand to aid and direct the student. For this reason the following instructions are given, more or less in detail, with the hope that the students may intelligently carry on their work without the constant attention of the instructor. In order to derive the most benefit from the laboratory work, it is essential that the students should verify every detail of structure herein given before pro- ceeding with the drawings, the latter being considered simply as a means to an end. In fact, the amount of good derived by the student from the laboratory work is largely dependent upon the energy of the individual. For this reason the lab- oratory work should not be judged entirely by the drawings, and, if possible, the actual amount of information obtained by the student in the laboratory should be determined by examinations similar to those given in lecture or recitation work. For details concerning laboratory methods and equipment, see Chapter XXIII. Section I. External Anatomy of the Grasshopper (Type OF Class Insecta) Material. The red-legged locust {RIelanoplus fefuur-rubruin) has been selected as the type of the class Insecta, partly on account of its abundance and the ease with which it may be collected, and partly on account of its simplicity of structure. Specimens for class work should be collected in the late summer or early fall, and preserved in 85 per cent alcohol for three or four days. After this time has elapsed, they should be transferred to 80 per cent alcohol, to which 10 per cent of pure glycerin has been added. If soaked in warm water a short time before using, the specimens will be rendered soft and pliable. The students should verify the following points : 1. Body covering. Carefully examine with a hand lens the body covering of the specimen, and note that it is made up of a series 275 276 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY of hardened plates. These plates are known as sclerites, and the depression between two plates is called a suture. The hardness of the plates is due to the deposition of a horny substance called chitin. 2. General divisions of the body. Typically the bodies of all insects are divided into a series of rings, or segments. In many places two or more of these rings have grown together, or are fused. Again, in certain regions of the body, parts of the segments may be lost. Regardless of the amount of variation in this respect, however, we find that the segments are always grouped into three regions, known as head, thorax, and abdomen. a. TJic head. The head is made up of a number of segments, which are fused together, forming a boxlike structure. On the head are found the eyes, mouth-parts, and antennae. b. The thorax. This is the second division of the body, and consists of three segments, known as the prothorax (division nearest the head), mesothorax, and metathorax. Each of these segments bears a pair of walking appendages, and in addition the meso- thorax and metathorax are provided with wings. c. The abdomen. This is the third division of the body, and is made up of eleven segments. The posterior segments, however, are not complete, showing modifications. Exercise 1. Pin the specimen to the bottom of a dissecting dish, spread the wings and wing-covers of one side, and make an enlarged drawing (dorsal view) of the entire insect, showing the above-named divisions. 3. Detailed study of the head. As already noted, the head of the locust is made up of a number of segments which have been firmly fused together. The following divisions should be noticed : a. The epicraninm. This is a boxlike piece which surrounds the eyes and forms the basis of attachment for the movable parts of the head. It extends down the front of the head, between the eyes, to the transverse suture, and down the sides of the head to the base of the mouth-parts. The sides of the epicranium below the compound eyes are known as the genae, or cheeks, while the front of the head between the compound eyes is called the frons. b. The compound eyes. These are situated upon the upper por- tion of the sides of the head, and are large, brown, oval areas with THE EXTERNAL ANATOMY OF THE LOCUST 277 smooth, highly pohshed surfaces. If examined with a lens, the surface will be seen to be made up of a number of hexagonal areas, which are known as facets. c. The ocelli. These are sometimes called the simple eyes, and consist of three very small, almost transparent oval areas. One of the ocelli is situated on the front of the head just below the lowest margin of the compound eyes ; the other two are placed in the top of the impression which contains the bases of the antennae-, and in contact with the upper portion of the compound eyes. d. The antemi(E. These are two long, threadlike processes situ- ated median to the compound eyes. Each consists of about twenty- six segments. Each antenna arises from an oval depression known as the antennary fossa, and is attached by a thin membrane which admits of motion in all directions. e. TJic clypcus. This is a short, rectangular piece attached to the lower straight edge of the epicranium. f . TJie mouth-parts. These consist of a number of separate parts attached to the ventral region of the epicranium, and will be studied in detail later. Exercise 2. Make an enlarged drawing of the front of the head, showing the above parts. Exercise 3. Make an enlarged drawing of the side of the head, showing all the parts. Exercise 4. Remove the head and notice the occipital foramen, or the large opening by which the cavity of the head communicates with that of the neck and thorax. Section H. Mouth-Parts of Locusts Material. In order to effectively study the mouth-parts of the locust each student should be provided with prepared slides as well as with the alcoholic specimens. As the parts are removed for study they should be mounted on glass slides in a glycerin solution, and may then be compared with the pre- pared mounts. The parts may be removed by grasping them at their attachment with a pair of atout forceps and pulling them back at right angles to their attachment. 1. Labrum. The labrum, or upper lip, is a flaplike piece at- tached to the lower edge of the clypeus. The free edge is deeply notched on the median line. 278 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY 2. Mandibles. These lie directly beneath the labrum and con- sist of a pair of short, thick pieces. The inner edge is somewhat flattened and provided with a number of toothlike projections which form the grinding surface of the mandibles. 3. Maxillae. These are the second pair of jaws ; they lie directly beneath the mandibles and are much more complicated in struc- ture. After they have been removed and mounted in glycerin, the following parts can be distinguished : a. The cardo. This forms the attachment or basal piece of the maxilla, and is triangular in shape. b. TJie stipes. This is a quadrangular-shaped segment forming the central part of the maxilla. One side is attached to the cardo, and two of the other sides form the attachment for the remaining structures. c. TJic lacinia. This is attached to the inner edge of the stipes, and is a long, curved piece terminating in a row of sharp teeth. d. The galea. This portion of the maxilla articulates with the stipes on its outer edge, just below the attachment of the lacinia. It closely resembles this latter structure, except that the end is rounded instead of being toothed. e. The maxillary palp (2. These arise from a basal portion known as the palpifer, which articulates with the stipes between the attachment of the galea and the cardo. The palpae consist of five long, slender segments, and, like the antennas, are sensory in function. 4. Labium. The labium, or under lip, forms the under part of the mouth and, together with the upper lip, almost incloses the mandibles and maxillas. The labium is a complicated structure made up of the following parts : a. The suhnientum. This forms the attachment to the epicra- nium and is a crescent-shaped piece. It is also joined to the membrane which connects the head with the thorax. b. The mentjun. This is the central portion of the labium, and is joined to the distal margin of the submentum. c. The ligula. The ligula consists of two large, movable flaps attached to the distal, or outer, edge of the mentum, and forms the terminal, central portion of the labium. THE EXTERNAL ANATOMY OE THE LOCUST 279 d. The labial palpcc. These resemble the maxillary palpae, but consist of only four segments, which are attached to the palpifers. These are located on either side of the mentum, below the attach- ment of the ligula. 5. Hypopharynx. The hypopharynx, or tongue, is located on the floor of the mouth, between the maxillae. It is diamond-shaped when viewed from above, and is covered with numerous small taste setae. Exercise 5. Make a careful drawing of the mouth-parts, showing all of the above-named structures. Section III. The Thorax Material. Each student should be provided with both alcoholic and dry speci- mens, and should remove the wings and legs from one side of the body only. 1. Divisions of the thorax. As has already been noted, the thorax is divided into three segments, known as the prothorax, mesothorax, and metathorax. 2. Prothorax. This is the segment to which the head is attached, and may be divided into two regions, — a dorsal region known as the pronotum, and a ventral region known as the sternum. a. TJic proiiotuni. This is a bonnetlike piece extending over the dorsal and lateral region of the prothorax. It is made up of a fusion of four plates, which are indicated by the transverse sutures. Anteriorly there is an opening corresponding to the occipital fora- men of the epicranium. b. The sternum. The ventral side, or sternum, of the prothorax is also made up of separate plates, or sclerites. The anterior sclerite bears a spine on the median line. c. The prothoracic legs. These arise from the ventral, lateral region of the prothorax. Their structure will be noted later. 3. Mesothorax and metathorax. The sclerites of these two segments are very intimately associated, and their structure will be discussed together. The mesothorax is joined to the prothorax by a membrane which permits of more or less movement. Posteriorly the metathorax is joined immovably with the first abdominal seg- ment. The mesothorax and metathorax form a strong, boxlike struc- ture for the support of the wing and leg muscles. Like the prothorax 28o ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY these segments are made up of separate plates, held together by a tough, connecting membrane. These plates may, however, be divided into three groups : the tergum, or dorsal region ; the sternum, or ventral region ; and the pleuron, or lateral region. On the dorsal and ventral regions of the body the sutures separating the mesothorax from the metathorax are not very distinct. On the sides of the body, however, there is a very distinct line, or suture, running from the posterior border of the attachment of the second pair of legs toward the dorsal part of the body. This suture divides the mesothorax from the metathorax. The pleura of each of the posterior thoracic segments are again divided by transverse sutures, so that each pleuron consists of two sclerites. a. TJic legs. The mesothoracic and metathoracic legs arise from the lower posterior border of the pleura of their respective seg- ments, and are joined to the thorax by a tough, elastic membrane. b. The wings. The wings have a more anterior origin in respect to their thoracic segments than do the legs. Each pair arises at the union of the pleura and tergum. c. The spiracles. The spiracles, or openings of the respiratory system, consist of two pair of liplike structures situated on either side of the body on the anterior margin of the pleural plates. The mesothoracic spiracle is concealed by the posterior edge of the pronotum. The metathoracic spiracle is located just dorsal to the mesothoracic leg, near the suture separating the two segments. There is another spiracle just dorsal to the attachment of the meta- thoracic leg, but this belongs to the first abdominal segment. Exercise 6. Make a full-page drawing of a side view of the thorax of a locust with the wings and legs removed, showing all of the parts noted above. Section IV. The Thoracic Appendages Material. With a pair of fine-pointed scissors remove the legs from one side of the body of the locust and arrange them on a piece of white paper in their regular order. Also remove the wing and wing-cover (mesothoracic wing) from one side and pin to a thin sheet of cork, spreading the wing to its full dimension. 1. Legs. Make a comparative study of the legs, which will be found to consist of the following segments : THE EXTERNAL ANATOMY OE THE LOCUST 28 1 a. TJic coxa. This is the first segment, and is attached to the thorax by a tough, elastic membrane. It; is short, ahnost globular, and is more distinct on the prothoracic legs than on the other two. b. The t roc limit cr. This is the second segment, and is consid- erably shorter than the coxa, and partially or entirely fused with the next segment. It is hard to distinguish except in the first pair of legs. c. TJic fcviiir. This is the third and largest segment of the leg, and in the case of the metathoracic leg contains the muscles used in jumping. d. TJic tibia. This is the fourth segment, and is much more slender than the femur, although about equaling it in length. e. TJic tarsus. This is the last division, and is made up of three short segments freely articulating with each other. These seg- ments bear a series of pads, which terminate on the last one in a large, suckerlike disk known as the pulvillus. On each side of the pulvillus is a pair of claws, the ungues. Exercise 7. Make drawings of the first and third thoracic legs, showing all the parts. 2. Wing-covers. The wing-covers are leathery in texture and do not fold fanlike over the abdomen, as do the two wings. They are strengthened by numerous veins and cross veins. Exercise 8. Make an enlarged drawing of a wing-cover, noting the arrange- ment and number of the veins and cross veins ; also note the attachment to the mesothorax. 3. Wings. These are sometimes called the second, or meta- thoracic, wings. They are membranous in texture and fold fanlike when not in use. They are also strengthened by numerous veins and cross veins, as are the wing-covers. Exercise 9. Make an enlarged drawing of a wing, showing the arrangement of the veins, method of folding, attachment, etc. 282 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Section V, The Abdomen Material. Each student should be provided with one alcoholic specimen each of the male and the female locust. The remains of the specimens used in previous sections will be sufficient. 1. Abdomen of the male. The abdomen of the male locust con- sists of eleven segments ; only seven of these, however, are complete, a. The first abdoviinal segment. This is made up of a curved, dorsal shield, the tergum, which terminates just above the attach- ment of the third pair of legs. This piece partially surrounds the tympanic membrane, or ear, which is a large, crescent-shaped area covered with a semitransparent membrane. Between the ear and the attachment of the legs are the spiracles, which have already been noted. The ventral part of the first segment, the sternum, is not attached to the tergum, owing to the large size of the attach- ment of the legs. The pleura are entirely absent. b. TJie second to eighth abdominal segments. These are all quite similar, consisting of a dorsal tergum, which extends laterally to near the ventral part of the body, where it joins the sternum. The pleura, or side pieces, noted in connection with the thorax, have been inseparably fused to the tergum. One pair of spiracles is located at the anterior margin of each segment near the union of the sternum and tergum. c. Segments nine and ten. The terga of these two segments are partially fused together, the union of the two being indicated by the presence of a transverse suture. The sterna of these two segments are entirely fused and much modified, forming a broad, platelike piece. d. Segment eleven. This is represented only by the tergum, which forms the terminal, dorsal, shield-shaped piece. e. The ccrci. These are a pair of plates attached to the lateral, posterior border of the tenth segment, and extend back past the end of the eleventh tergum. f. The sjibgenital plate. This is attached to the ninth sternum and forms the most posterior ventral plate of the body. g. The podical plates. These lie directly beneath the cerci and ventral to the eleventh tergum. The anus opens between these plates, and the genital chamber lies directly below them. THE EXTERNAL ANATOMY OF THE LOCUST 283 Exercise 10. Make an enlarged drawing of the side view of the abdomen of the male locust, showing all of the above parts. 2. Abdomen of the female. The abdomen of the female from the first to the seventh segment is nearly the same as in the male. a. Segment eight. This segment resembles the other segments, except that the sternum is nearly twice as long, and is known as the subgenital plate. b. Segments nine, ten, and eleven. These are essentially like those of the male, the tergiim of nine and ten being partially fused, and tergum eleven forming the terminal, dorsal shield. c. The eerei and podieal plates. These plates are similar to those in the male, except that the podieal plates are much more prominent. d. The ovipositor. The ovipositor consists of three pairs of movable plates. The dorsal pair lie just ventral to the eleventh tergimi and are long, lance-shaped pieces with hard, pointed tips. The ventral pair arises just dorsal to the eighth sternum and resembles the dorsal pair. When these four pieces are brought together, their points are in contact, forming a sharp organ b)- means of which the female bores the holes in the ground in which to deposit her eggs. The third set of plates are known as the egg guides. These are much smaller and are located median to the plates of the true ovipositor. Exercise 11. Make a drawing of the side view of the last five segments of the female locust. CHAPTER XVII A COMPARISON OF THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF ARTHROPODA Section VI. Comparison of Insfxts and Crustaceans (Types, Locust and Crayfish) Material. Alcoholic specimens of both crayfish and locusts should be pro- vided, although the student by this time should be familiar with the structure of the locust. The lobster is much larger and easier to work than the crayfish, and instructions here given will apply to either. Both the lobster and the crayfish may be obtained from any of the natural-history supply companies. Crayfish may be collected in many sections of the country from streams and ponds, and should be preserved in the same manner as recommended for the locust. Material for Exercise 17 (the sow-bug) can be obtained in abundance under boards and stones and in other damp locations. It may be preserved in alcohol. Exercise 12. Comparison of the anatomy of the crayfish and the locust. With the two specimens at hand, write out a careful comparison of the following points : 1. Nature of the body covering. 2. General divisions of the body. (A fusion of the head and thorax is known as the cephalothorax.) Exercise 13. The head and head appendages. Remove the appendages from one side of the crayfish, beginning with the first appendage anterior to the first walking leg. These may be removed by grasping them near their attachment with a pair of strong forceps, and pulling them backwards toward the posterior end of the body. As each one is removed, it should be laid on a piece of wet blotting paper in regular order. The appendages of the crayfish are numbered from the anterior to the posterior end of the body. The head appendages are as follows : 1 . The antennule, consisting of a basal piece and two long, slender filaments. 2. The antenna, consisting of a basal piece, one long, slender filament, known as the endopodite, and a short, platelike projection, known as the exopodite. 3. The mandibles. 4. 5. The first and second maxillae. The above include all the head append- ages. Write out a careful comparison of these appendages and corresponding appendages in the locust. Also with a hand lens make a comparative study of the eyes. 284 THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF ARTHROPODA 285 Exercise 14. .7 coiiiparisoji of the iJioracic appendages. Appendages 6, 7, and 8 of the thorax are known as the first, second, and third maxillipeds, and the appendages from 9-13 are the walking appendages. Write out a comparison of the thoracic appendages, noting the number, segmentation, etc. Exercise 15. A compaj-ative study of the abdomens of the crayfisJi and locust. Appendages 14-20 of the crayfish are known as the swimmerets. Compare these with the more anterior appendages of the crayfish. Also write out a careful comparison of the segmentation of the abdomens of the crayfish and locust. Exercise 16. Make a drawing of the side view of the crayfish, naming the different appendages and divisions of the body. Exercise 17. Make drawings of appendages 2, 10, and 16. Exercise 18. Comparison of the locust and soiv-bug. Write out a careful comparison of these two forms, noting : 1. The nature of the body covering. 2. The general divisions and segmentation of the body. 3. The nature of the appendages. 4. The number and position of the appendages. Exercise 19. Make a drawing of the ventral view of the sow-bug, showing the number, position, and arrangement of the appendages. Section VII. Comparison of Insects and Myriapoda (Types, Locust and Centipede) Material. Centipedes are flattened, wormlike animals living under logs, stones, and other damp localities. They are quite common in most places, and may be collected and preserved in ']^ per cent alcohol. Large specimens may usually be supplied by most of the natural-history supply house's. Exercise 20. Write out a detailed comparison of a centipede and locust, noting the following points : 1 . The general divisions of the body. 2. The nature of body covering. 3. The segmentation of the body. 4. The eyes and antennae. 5. The mouth-parts. 6. The legs, number of their segments, etc. Exercise 21. Make a drawing of the dorsal view of the head. Exercise 22. Make a drawing of a ventral view of the head. 286 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Section VIII. Comparison of Insects and Arachnida (Types, Spider {Argiopc) and Locust) Material. When possible, the ladder-spider should be collected for this work, as it is large, brilliantly colored, and can usually be collected in large numbers in the fall. Exercise 23. Write out a careful comparison of the following parts: 1 . The covering of the body and segmentation. 2. The general divisions of the body. 3. The eyes (located on the anterior portion of the cephalothorax), their number, arrangement, etc. 4. The mouth-parts, consisting of the mandibles, with terminal fang, maxillae, hypopharynx, and a rudimentary labium. 5. The legs, number, number of segments, etc. 6. The abdomen, including the following structures : a. The opening of the book-lungs, which lie on either side of the me- dian line at the anterior end of the abdomen and are respiratory in function. b. The genital opening, situated in the female on a prominent median tubercle located between the book-lungs. c. The spinnerets, consisting of six papillae at the posterior end of the body. Exercise 24. Make a drawing of a dorsal view of the spider. Exercise 25. Make a drawing of the mandibles and maxillae of the spider. CHAPTER XVIII A COMPARISON OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF INSECTS; STRUCTURE OF THE BEE, FLY, AND BEETLE Section IX. Anatomy of the Honey-Bee (Second Type of THE Class Insecta) Material. The ordinary honey-bee can be easily collected for this work, and should be in as fresh a condition as possible. While alcoholic specimens will do, it is much better to furnish the students with fresh material, or to dry the specimens and place them in a moist chamber about two hours before using. It is almost imperative that the students be supplied with prepared slides of the legs to supplement the dry material. As this section's work will not deal with the mouth-parts, prepared slides of these will not be needed until later. 1. General anatomy of the honey-bee. The bee furnishes an ex- cellent example of the specialization of insects, all of the parts being modified for a special purpose. This laboratory section's work is intended to give the student an idea of these modifications, with the exception of the mouth-parts, which will be studied later. The plan of structure does not differ much from that of the locust ; the student, however, should notice the following points : Exercise 26. Write out a careful comparison of the bee and locust as follows : 1. The nature of the body covering. 2. The segmentation of the body. 3. The divisions of the body. 4. The number and position of the appendages. 5. The structure of the head (except the mouth-parts). Note the compound eyes, ocelli, and antenna3. 2. Modifications of the prothoracic leg. Carefully remove the prothoracic legs and mount in the glycerin solution. Compare with the prepared slides and notice the following points (the gen- eral divisions of the leg are the same as those of the locust) : a. The coxa. This basal piece is a rather large, triangular seg- ment attached to the prothorax. 287 288 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY b. Tlic trochanter. This is proportionally larger than in the locust ; aside from this it shows no special modifications. c. TJie fcnuir. This is a large, club-shaped joint covered with long hairs. d. The tibia. This segment is smaller than the preceding and is provided with a spine at the lower end. e. The tarsus. The tarsus consists of five segments, the first being nearly as large as the tibia. It is provided with a notch, near its attachment to the tibia, which, together with the spine on the latter segment, forms the antenna cleaner. Notice also the bilobed claws on the end of the tarsus, together with the median, flaplike structure known as the empodium. This secretes a sticky substance, which enables the bee to walk on a smooth surface. Exercise 27. Make an enlarged drawing of a prothoracic leg, showing the segmentation, antenna cleaner, claws, etc. 3. Mesothoracic leg. The mesothoracic leg differs but slightly from the prothoracic leg, except that the antenna cleaner is absent and that on the inner side of the tibia there is a spur used in loosen- ing the pollen from flowers. Exercise 28. Make drawing of the inner side of the tibia and tarsus of the mesothoracic leg, showing the spine. 4. Metathoracic leg. This resembles the prothoracic leg, with the following modifications : a. The pollen-basket. The outer surface of the tibia of the third thoracic leg is smooth and surrounded with a row of long, incurved hairs. This is known as the pollen-basket, and is used in carrying the pollen to the hive. b. TJic wax pincers. Between the end of the tibia and the tarsus is a pincerlike structure consisting of a row of thick, flattened spines on the edge of the tibia, which come in contact with the smooth edge of the tarsus. These wax pincers are supposed to be used in re- moving the plates of wax from the abdomen, where they are secreted. c. The pollen comb. This structure is located on the inner sur- face of the flat, basal segment of the tarsus, and consists of nine parallel rows of bristles, which are used in combing the pollen from the body, where it collects while the bee is gathering nectar. COMPARISON OF DIFFERENT INSECTS 289 Exercise 29. Make a drawing of the inner surface of the third thoracic leg. Exercise 30. Make a drawing of the outer surface of the third thoracic leg. Exercise 31. Examine the wings of the bee under the compound micro- scope and make a drawing showing the fine hooks and groove by means of which the wings arp locked together during flight. Also notice the arrangement of the veins. Section X. Comparison of the Fly with the Locust and Bee Material. Probably the best material for the study of the anatomy of the Diptera is some of the large horse-flies, like Tabanus afrafiis, although these may be hard to secure in sufficient numbers. If these cannot be secured, any of the smaller, more abundant species will suffice. The material may be pre- served in 75 per cent alcohol, or dried, the latter method probably being pref- erable for a study of the external parts ; the specimens should, however, be placed in a moist chamber at least twenty-four hours before they are wanted for use. Exercise 32. Write out a careful comparative description of the external anatomy of the fly, comparing it with the locust and the bee, and noting the following points of structure : 1. The divisions of the body, the body covering, and the segmentation. 2. The head and its appendages, with the exception of the mouth-parts. 3. The thorax and thoracic appendages. 4. The abdomen and its segmentation. Exercise 33. Make a drawing of the wing of a fly, comparing it with the text figure. Section XI. Comparison of a Beetle with the Locust AND Bee Material. Almost any of the larger beetles will serve for this work, although the May-beetle will probably be the easiest to secure. These should be pre- served in the alcohol-glycerin solution. Exercise 34. Write out a comparison of the beetle with the locust and bee, noting : 1 . The nature of the body covering, the segmentation, and the divisions of the body. 2. The head, including the eyes and antennas. "(If time permits, the mouth-parts of the beetle might profitably be dissected and compared with those of the locust.) 3. The thorax, including the wings and wing-covers, especially noting the modification of the wing-covers. 4. The abdomen, the number of segments, etc. Exercise 35. Make a drawing of the antennae, wings, and wing-covers of the beetle. CHAPTER XIX THE INTERNAL ANATOMY OF THE LOCUST Section XII MateriaL Fresh material will be found the most satisfactory for this work, the specimens being placed in 85 per cent alcohol for about an hour before being used. If fresh material is not available, alcoholic specimens that have been previously soaked in warm water for a short time will work very satisfactorily. After removing the wings and legs from the right side of the locust, make a longitudinal, dorsal incision to the right of the median, dorsal line, and the entire length of the body. Make a similar longitudinal ventral incision to the right of the midventral line. Remove carefully the right side of the chitinous covering, exposing all of the internal organs, of which the following systems should be studied : 1. Digestive system. The digestive system occupies the greater part of the thoracic and the ventral part of the abdominal cavity. It is essentially a continuous tube, divided into the following re- gions, each with a particular function to perform. a. The esophagus. This is a cylindrical tube, with tough, mus- cular walls. It runs from the mouth, opening dorsally to a point opposite the foramenal aperture, where it bends at right angles and enters the thorax. b. The crop. This is an enlargement of the esophagus and, be- ginning in the mesothorax, runs to the abdomen, almost filling the mesothoracic and metathoracic cavities. c. TJie gizzard {proventriaihis). This is the next division (not found in the genus Acridium). The walls are thick and muscular, and on the inside are lined with a series of chitinous plates which are used in completing the mastication of the food. d. The stomach {ventricidus). This division is separated from the gizzard by a slight constriction. It is approximately the same diameter as the gizzard and extends from the first to the seventh segment of the abdomen. e. TJie large intestine. This is of somewhat smaller diameter than the stomach and runs from the seventh to the tenth segment. 290 THE INTERNAL ANATOMY OF THE LOCUST 291 f . TJic small i)itcstinc. The small intestine is a short, muscular tube mnning from the end of the large intestine toward the dorsal part of the body and ending in segment eleven. g. The rcctimi. The rectum is a short, muscular enlargement in segment eleven and ends in the anal opening. 2. Accessory organs of digestion. In connection with the ali- mentary tract are a certain number of glands or glandular structures which either aid in the digestion of the food or assist in eliminating the waste products. a. TJie salivary glands. These are small, white glands located on either side of the esophagus in the thorax. They open out into two main ducts which lead to the mouth. b. TJlc gastric ccBca. The gastric caeca consist of a set of eight double, cone-shaped pouches which open at the union of the crop and stomach. They form a complete belt around the alimentary tract at this point and secrete a fluid which aids in digestion. c. TJie MalpigJiian tnbiilcs. The Malpighian tubules are a sys- tem of very fine, hairlike tubes which arise from the most anterior end of the large intestine. Their function is excretory, similar to that of the kidneys. 3. Reproductive system. The ease with which the organs of this system may be distinguished depends considerably on the sex and the time of year at which the specimens were collected. a. Female reproductive organs. In the fall, just before the eggs are deposited, the entire abdomen of the female is filled with a yellow, coarsely granular organ known as the ovary. There are a pair of these, one located on either side of the body. Running from the posterior end of the ovary are two small tubes called the oviducts, which unite near the posterior end of the body to form the vagina. This opens externally upon the upper surface of the subgenital plate, between the ovipositor. On a median line slightly dorsal to the egg guides there is a second opening, which communi- cates with a long, slender tube ending in an enlarged pouch known as the spermatheca. This entire structure is very difficult to locate. b. Male 7-eproductive organs. The general arrangement of the male reproductive organs is quite similar to that of the female, only much smaller. The two pair of testes (corresponding to the ovaries) lie on the dorsal side of the stomach and are inclosed in a saclike 292 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY membrane. Leading from the testes are two very fine, hairlike tubes known as the vas deferens. These pass down to the ventral side of the body on either side of the alimentary tract and unite, forming the ejaculatory duct, which opens dorsally to the subgenital plate. Just before the union of the vas deferens they are joined on either side by a number of fine tubules known as the seminal vesicles, the function of which is to store up the products of the reproductive glands. Exercise 36. Make a careful drawing of the side view of a locust, showing the alimentary tract, accessory organs of digestion, and either the male or the female reproductive system. 4. Nervous system. With a pair of fine scissors cut the alimen- tary tract through the esophagus and small intestine, and carefully remove, together with the reproductive organs. Great care must be taken to not injure or displace any of the other organs. Also care- fully remove the right side of the chitinous portion of the head. The nervous system consists principally of a supra-esophageal ganglion, or brain, which lies dorsal to the esophagus. This is a large, whitish mass of nervous tissue and, if carefully dissected, can be seen to be directly connected with the compound eyes. Running on either side of the esophagus is a small, white nerve cord that unites on the ventral side, forming the sub-esophageal ganglion. Running from this ganglion toward the posterior end of the body is the ventral nerve cord. If carefully examined, this will be found to consist of two parallel white cords that are occasionally united by the ventral ganglia, from which arise numerous lateral nerves. These ventral ganglia occur in the following segments, — the prothorax, mesothorax, metathorax, and abdominal segments two, three, five, six, and seven. 5. Muscular system. In elementary work of this sort no attempt will be made to trace out the different sets of muscles, but the general relation of the different muscles to the segments should be noted. In the mesothorax and metathorax notice the large wing mus- cles ; also in the abdomen notice the longitudinal and ventral bands. 6. Respiratory system. The respiratory system is made up of tubes known as trachea. These open out along either side of the body ; the openings, which have already been noted, are termed the THE INTERNAL ANATOMY OF THE LOCUST 293 spiracles. Soon after entering the body the trachea unite to form two large lateral trunks. From these, dorsal branches are given off, which unite, forming two parallel dorsal trunks. Running off from both the dorsal and lateral trunks are smaller branches, which separate into extremely minute tubes and ramify through all the tissues. Exercise 37. If fresh specimens are at hand, mount in water some of the fatty tissue surrounding the alimentary tract, and examine under the compound microscope. The trachea will be seen as much-branched silver-colored tubes. Make a careful drawing. Exercise 38. Make a drawing of the side view of the locust, with the alimen- tary tract and reproductive organs removed, showing the general arrangement of the muscular, tracheal, and nervous systems. 7. Circulatory system. The circulatory system consists of a dorsal, median, tubular heart. This can be seen in fresh specimens by removing the dorsal body wall. Exercise 39. In order to observe the rhythmic contraction of the heart, obtain living larvae of mosquitoes, dragon-flies, or May-flies. Place them in water on a slide and examine under the microscope. Draw. CHAPTER XX MOUTH-PARTS OF INSECTS The type of biting mouth-parts has already been considered in Chapter XVI, the forms here considered being more highly specialized. Section XIII. Sucking Mouth-Parts (Type, Squash-Bug) Material. Students should be provided with prepared slides of the mouth- parts of the squash-bug. They should also have alcoholic specimens, as the arrangement of the parts cannot be easily distinguished on the prepared slides. Before studying the prepared slides the students should dissect out the mouth- parts of an alcoholic specimen. With a pair of sharp-pointed scissors cut off the ventral part of the head and place it in a thick glycerin solution, consist- ing of equal parts of glycerin and alcohol. Then, under the lens of a dissect- ing microscope, pull the long proboscis apart, noting the order of arrangement of the different pieces. The mouth-parts of the squash-bug consist of a long, jointed beak in which are found four long, threadlike setae. They should be compared with the mouth-parts of the locust. 1. Labrum. The labrum, or upper lip, is a long, triangular, sharply pointed piece, with slightly serrated edge, and fits over the groove of the lower lip. 2. Mandibles. The mandibles are a. pair of long, hairlike setae with sharp-toothed points. They adhere very closely together, and are used in cutting into the tissues of plants in order to induce a flow of sap. 3. Maxillae. These closely resemble the mandibles and, like them, lock together, forming a lancelike structure. They are used in piercing plants, the same as the mandibles. 4. Labium. The labium, or under lip, is formed into a long, partially closed tube, in which lie the mandibles and maxillae. It is made up of four segments of about equal length. Exercise 40. Make a careful drawing of the mouth-parts of the squash-bug, showing the above details. 294 MOUTH-PARTS OF INSECTS 295 Section XIV, Specialized Piercing Mouth-Parts (Type, Horse-fly) MateriaL Specimens of any of the common horse-flies (Tabamis) will do for this work, though only female flies can be used, as the mandibles are lack- ing in the males. The two sexes may be distinguished by the position of the eyes. In the male the eyes touch for a greater or less distance, while in the female there is a narrow space between the eyfes. The mouth-parts are quite conspicuous and should be removed and mounted as in the previous section. Students should also be provided with prepared slides. A comparison should be made with the mouth-parts already studied. The mouth-parts of the fly are more highly specialized than those of the squash-bug, and consist of a number of stylets, or flat, pointed pieces, more or less completely inclosed in the fleshy under lip. They consist of the following parts : 1. Labrum. The labrum, or upper lip, is the uppermost stylet, and consists of a flat, unpaired piece, bluntly tipped. It is broader than any of the remaining stylets. 2. Mandibles. These consist of a pair of flat, smooth, sharply pointed pieces adapted for piercing. 3. Maxillae. These are the second pair of stylets and are under- neath the mandibles, which they very closely resemble. The max- illae are narrower than the mandibles, are less strongly chitinized, and are provided with palps, which are attached to the base of each maxilla. The palps consist of two segments and are thick, clublike structures covered with very fine hairs. 4. Hypopharynx. The hypopharynx, or tongue, is a slender, unpaired piece resembling very much the labrum, but is narrower and more sharply pointed. It lies directly underneath the maxillas. 5. Labium. This is a conspicuous, proboscislike structure, which partially incloses the other mouth-parts. At the end of the labium is a large, fleshy, disklike piece called the labella. It con- sists of two lobes, which fit closely around the stylets when they are being used. Exercise 41. Make careful drawings of the above mouth-parts. 296 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Section XV. Sucking Mouth-Parts (Type, Butterfly) Material. The commonest type, and one of the best for this work, is the monarch butterfly {A/iosia plexippus). These may be collected and dried and the scales carefully removed from the head with a stiff camel's-hair brush. Part of the specimens should be boiled in caustic potash (KOH) and the head mounted in balsam. The remainder of the specimens should be placed in the hioist chamber for a day or so before they are wanted. The mouth-parts of the Lepidoptera are greatly modified, and only careful study reveals the relation between them and the biting mouth-parts of the locust. 1. Labium. This is a very short, quadrangular piece, almost or entirely indistinguishable in some species, as it is immovably joined to the clypeus. 2. Mandibles. The mandibles are almost entirely wanting in the monarch butterfly, although they are represented in some forms by two triangular pieces which are of little or no use to the insect. In some of the moths they are more highly developed. 3. Maxillae. The maxillae are the most conspicuous part of the mouth, the two together forming a long, coiled sucking tube used in drawing up nectar. Each maxilla is deeply grooved on the inner side, the two fitting together, forming a complete tube. The maxillary palps are wanting in this form, although present in some of the lower forms. 4. Labium. The labium consists of a small, triangular flap almost completely fused with the base of the maxilla. Extending out from either side of the labium are the large labial palps, which form two prominent, plumelike projections from either side of the head. They are three-jointed and covered with scales. Exercise 42. Make a drawing of the mouth-parts of the monarch butterfly, showing the above in detail. Section XVI. Sucking and Biting Moutii-Parts (Type, Honey-bee) Material. The honey-bees for this section's work may be preserved in 75 per cent alcohol. It may be found advantageous to substitute the bumble-bee, as the mouth-parts are larger and more easily dissected. In either case it is desirable that the students be provided with prepared slides. The mouth-parts MOUTH-PARTS OF INSECTS 297 of the honey-bee are made up of the typical number of parts, but arc adapted both for biting and sucking. The student should refer to the other types of mouth-parts already studied. 1. Labrum. This consists of a small, rectangular piece attached to the clypeus, and resembles closely the labrum of the locust. 2. Mandibles. These are hard, well-developed structures, more elongated than in the locust, and are devoid of teeth. 3. Maxillae. The maxillae are complicated structures and, as in. the locust, consist of the following parts : a. The cardo. This serves as the attachment to the epicranium and is an elongated piece. b. TJic stipes. These are rather thick, club-shaped pieces strongly chitinized. c. The niaxillary palps. These are short and almost atrophied, located at the distal, outer edge of the stipes. d. The lacinia galea. These two structures are fused together in the bee and form a pair of elongated pieces deeply grooved on the inner edge. When fitted together, they form a partially closed tube more or less completely surrounding the parts of the labium, 4. Labium. The labium, or under lip, is even more modified than the maxillae, and consists of the following parts : a. TJie subinetitnni. This is a triangular, basal piece, running off from which are two small, rodlike pieces known as the lora. b. The vientum. This is a large, pear-shaped piece attached to the submentum. c. TJie labial palps. The labial palps are greatly modified, form- ing two long, four-jointed structures grooved on the inner edge. When these are fitted together, they form a tube which in turn is inclosed by the lacinia galea of the maxillae. d. TJie paraglossa. This is a sheathlike arrangement which incloses the base of the tongue, lies median to the palps, and is attached to the mentum. 5. Tongue. The tongue is a long, flexible rod, densely covered with hairs. Along the ventral side there is a deep groove, forming almost a complete tube, and at the end is a flaplike structure known as the flabellum. Exercise 43. Make a careful drawing of the mouth-parts of the honey-bee, showing the above structures in detail. CHAPTER XXI THE LIFE HISTORY OF INSECTS Section XVII. Life History of a Plant-Louse (Family Aphididae) Material. The family Aphididae probably furnishes some of the best ex- amples for the study of incomplete metamorphosis of insects. It does not matter much what particular species is selected for this work, as any of the ordinary aphids attacking greenhouse plants will be found quite satisfactory. Among the forms most easily managed may be mentioned the lettuce aphis and the rose aphis. These may almost always be secured at any time of year. For work on the lettuce aphis each student should be provided with a flowerpot in which is growing one small lettuce plant. The instructor should keep on hand a supply of aphids. These should be grown on lettuce under a large bell jar, to prevent the escape of the winged forms. Each student should be given one wingless, viviparous female just before the insect reaches maturity. It will be recalled that the life history of t\\Q,Ap/iididae may vary considerably with the different species. Nearly all of them, how- ever, have two forms of reproduction, known as viviparous repro- duction (in which the living young are brought forth without the fertilization of the female by the male) and oviparous reproduction (in which eggs are deposited by fertilized females). The sexual forms are usually brought forth in the fall by a viviparous female, and after mating, the oviparous female deposits eggs which are not hatched until the next spring. P"rom these eggs are hatched the viviparous females, this form of reproduction continuing throughout the summer. It will also be recalled that of the viviparous forms part may be winged and part wingless. Exercise 44. Watch the viviparous female carefully and write up a detailed set of notes, including the following observations : 1 . Date of birth of first young, giving the hour when the observation was made. 2. Date of birth of subsequent young, giving the number of young, the day, and the hour when observed. Be sure that only one viviparous female is present on each culture, and keep careful track of all the offspring. 298 THE LIFE HISTORY OF INSECTS 299 3. Number the offspring consecutively, according to age, and note which developed into winged and which into wingless forms. 4. Note the age at which each of these individuals begins reproduction. It might be suggested that when the first of this generation begins reproducing, it is best to remove the young in order to prevent confusion of the generations. Exercise 45. Make a chart from your above notes, giving the number of the individual, whether winged or wingless, date of birth, date of maturity (when first young is produced). Exercise 46. Notes on the rapidity of growth. Isolate some newly born individuals, noting the date and hour of birth. Watch these carefully, and note the date and the hour that molting occurs. The cast skin will usually be found near the young aphids, which begin feeding soon after molting. Those indi- viduals just having molted will be found to be the lightest in color, but the cast skin should be taken as the only proof that the insect has molted. As soon as these individuals begin to reproduce, tabulate your above notes, giving the number of hours between each molt for each individual. Exercise 47. Write up a detailed set of notes describing one wingless in- dividual after each molt, up to and including the adult form, noting all the changes which may occur. Exercise 48. Write up a detailed set of notes, similar to the above, for the winged form. Exercise 49. Mount a wingless individual in the alcohol-glycerin solution and make a drawing of the dorsal view. (The aphids should first be dipped in 95 per cent alcohol, and may then be mounted directly in the glycerin solution.) Exercise 50. ]Mount a winged individual in the alcohol-glycerin solution and make a drawing of the dorsal view. Section XVIII. Life History of the Dr agon-Fly Material. It will be quite impractical for a class in elementary entomology to try to trace the complete life history of the dragon-fly, but this form will give the student a good idea of the habits and structure of aquatic nymphs. The dragon-flies deposit their eggs on water plants, and as soon as these hatch, the young nymphs settle to the bottom of the pond and may be found, at almost any time of the year, crawling about in decaying vegetation or other sediment. The easiest way to secure them is to rake out the sediment from the quiet pools of a stream, or from the edge of ponds, with an ordinary garden rake. The nymphs, together with a small amount of sediment, should be placed in an aquarium until ready for observation. This applies especially to material collected in the fall, as it will be difficult for each individual student to provide food and suitable conditions for the nymphs that he may have under his observation. When this work is undertaken by a class, each student should be provided with a glass dish containing three or four of the largest-sized nymphs. As it is necessary to feed the nymphs on other aquatic insects, it might be better not to collect the material until early spring. 300 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Exercise 51. Observations on tJie structure of t lie nymphs. Write up a careful description of the nymphs, noting the details of structure. In the description, refer to and use the terms with which you have already become familiar in your description of other forms. Exercise 52. Habits of the nymphs. Make as many notes as possible on the general habits of the nymphs, noting their methods of feeding, locomotion, secreting themselves, etc. (see page 98). Exercise 53. Observations on the transformation of nymphs. Note care- fully whether or not the nymph molts, or sheds its skin, and, if observed, how the act is performed. Toward spring the nymphs should be placed in the sun- light as much as possible. Each dish should also be provided with a number of sticks, up which the nymphs may crawl when they are ready to transform to the adult stage. If possible, observe this transformation and write up a com- plete set of notes on the subject. Section XIX. Complete Metamorphosis. Life History of THE Cabbage Butterfly {Pontia rapae) Material. The following instructions have been prepared especially for the study of the cabbage butterfly, though the life history of any of the other Lepi- doptera may be studied in the same manner, substituting, of course, the proper food plants. Each student should be provided with a flowerpot in which is grow- ing a young cabbage plant. If this work may be begun by the middle of Septem- ber, cabbage butterflies should be collected and one pair placed in each of a number of breeding cages (see Chapter XXIII). The pots containing the young plants can be placed in the cages, and daily observations made for the presence of eggs. After the eggs hatch, a large lantern globe, the top of which has been covered with cheesecloth, should be placed over each plant, to prevent the escape of the larvae. Exercise 54. Egg deposition. The student should, if possible, determine and make notes of the following points : 1 . On what part of the leaf are the eggs deposited 1 2. Are they deposited in clusters or singly? 3. The number of eggs deposited by one female. 4. The period of incubation. 5. Describe and make drawings of the eggs. Exercise 55. Observations on the larvce. Determine and make notes of the number of molts, describing each of the larval stages. Exercise 56. Observations on the pnpce. If possible, observe the transfor- mation of the larvae to the pupal form. Note the locality selected for pupation, the attachment of the pupa, and length of time in the pupal stage. Also draw and describe. (After pupation the pupae should be removed to a cool, dark place and left until spring, or, if wanted for more immediate use, they should be placed in a light, warm room, where they will probably emerge in a short THE LIFE HISTORY OF INSECTS 30 1 time. Low temperatures are not injurious, but too much moisture must be avoided. The latter part of March the pupae may be brought out and again placed under observation.) Exercise 57. The emergence of tJie adult. Note the date and the method of emergence, and write a brief description of the adult. Section XX, Complete Metamorphosis. Life History of THE Fruit-Fly {Drosophila sp.) Material. Material for this work may be secured by placing decaying bananas in the sunlight for a few days. The material should then be cov- ered with a bell jar and used as a stock culture. Each student should be pro- vided with a glass tumbler containing about one fourth of an inch of decayed banana. Cut a piece of black paper the size of the tumbler and lay on top of the banana, and cover the tumbler securely with a glass plate. The student should then place three or four adult fruit-flies in the tumbler. Exercise 58. Write up a careful set of notes on the following points : 1. Describe, and make a drawing of egg, which will be deposited on the black paper. 2. Note the length of time of incubation. 3. Describe, and make a drawing of a larva. 4. If possible, determine the length of the larval stage. 5. Describe, and make a drawing of a pupa. 6. Determine the length of the pupal stage. 7. Describe the adult, and determine the distinguishing characters of the sexes. CHAPTER XXII CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS Section XXI. Classification of the Orders of Insects Material. One of two methods may be employed for this work : (a) Each student should be required to make a collection of insects containing repre- sentatives of at least eight of the principal orders, {b) Provide each student with a representative collection of twenty-five insects. These should be num- bered from one to twenty-five, and should contain as nearly representative forms as possible. Exercise 59. On a sheet of paper place the numbers one to twenty-five. After each number write the order (to be determined by the key) to which the corresponding insect belongs. Section XXII. Classification of Families Material. Give each student a collection representing as nearly as possible the different families of insects treated in the key. It will be found convenient to place twenty-five insects on a block, each block containing only the insects of one order, thus obviating the necessity of classifying every insect to its order before placing it in the family. The insects should be distributed as follows : One block containing representatives of the lower orders (Neuroptera and Neuropteroid insects) ; one block of Hemiptera ; two of Coleoptera ; two of Lepidoptera ; one of Hymenoptera ; and one of Diptera. Exercise 60. Classification of the families of the lower orders. On a sheet of paper place the numbers one to twenty-five. After each number write the family (to be determined by the key) to which the corre- sponding insect belongs. If possible, by referring to the text or by compari- son with a named collection, identify common forms to genus and species. Exercise 61. Classification of the families of Hemiptera. Exercise 62. Classification of the families of Coleoptera. Exercise 63. Classification of the families of Coleoptera. Exercise 64. Classification of the families of Lepidoptera. Exercise 65. Classification of the families of Lepidoptera. Exercise 66. Classification of the families of Hymenoptera. Exercise 67. Classification of the families of Diptera. 302 / CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 303 KEY TO THE ORDERS OF INSECTS The principles underlying the classification of insects have already been discussed in the text. In arranging this key an attempt has been made to eliminate all useless characters and to include only those families commonly encountered. Possibly this elimination has been carried too far for some of the extreme forms of the different orders ; however, in an elementary textbook it is not deemed prac- tical to include material that would be of use only to the specialist. Several families are included in the key which are not mentioned in the text. This becomes necessary for the complete arrangement of the key, and may be of use in aiding students to determine the more uncommon families which they may collect. In giving out specimens for determination the teacher should, if possible, use only those families described in the text. The following key is intended only for the identification of typical adult forms. An attempt has been made to produce a usable key in preference to a strictly natural one. An ideal key should, of course, combine these two characteristics, but it has been found necessary many times to sacrifice the natural arrangement for clearness. In the production of these keys the authors are indebted to all previous workers in entomology. Due credit is given in every case where a key has been adapted from another author's work, KEY TO THE ORDERS A. Mouth-parts adapted for biting. ^ B. Without wings, or rudiments of wings. ^ p C. Mouth-parts retracted within the head. (Page 73) . . Aptera 7 CC. Mouth-parts not retracted within the head. ;. D. Abdomen joined to thorax by slender petiole. Ants. (Page 243) Hymenoptera DD. Abdomen broadly joined to thorax. E. Insects small, body antlike or louselike in form. Bird-lice ; book-lice; white ants. (Page 103) . . . Platyptera EE. Insects of medium or large size. Body not antlike or louselike in form. E. Head prolonged into beak, at the end of which are the biting mouth-parts. Scorpion-flies. (Page 93) Mecoptera EE. Head not prolonged into beak. 304 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY G. Antennas filiform. Cockroaches ; grasshoppers ; walking sticks. (Page 76) . . . Orthoptera GG. Antennas serrated, or of various types, but not fili- form. Fireflies, etc. (Page 136). . Coleoptera ^,^ BB. Winged insects, ^r . , C. First pair of wings horny, meeting in a straight line down the back, y D. Abdomen with forceplike appendages. Earwigs. (Page 87) EUPLEXOPTERA DD. Abdomen without forceplike appendages. (Page 136) Coleoptera '-f CC. First pair of wings leathery or membranous. ^, • D. Wings membranous ; the second pair, if present, not folded in plaits under first. E. Head prolonged into beak, at the extremity of which are the biting mouth-parts. Scorpion-flies. (Page 93) Mecoptera £E. Head not prolonged into beak. / y E. Wings with but few cross veins. (Page 243) •^ Hymenoptera 7 EE Wings net-veined ; abdomen broadly joined to thorax. G. Abdomen provided with two or three long, many- jointed filaments. (Page 95) . . Ephemerida CG. Abdomen without jointed filaments. //. Antennae short, awl-shaped, and inconspicuous ; wings of equal size, held horizontal, vertical, or parallel to the body; not rooflike. Dragon-flies. (Page 98) Odonata ////. Antennas not awl-shaped, more or less prom- inent. /. Wings folded flat on body. Body compact, antlike, and flattened or louselike in form. Platvptera //. Wings rooflike over body; body linear. (Page 90) Neuroptera DD. First pair of wings more or less leathery, with second pair folded under first. E. Wings clothed with hairs. Caddis-flies. (Page 93) Trichoptera EE. Wings not clothed with hairs. E. First pair of wings leathery, second membranous. Not alike in structure. (Page 76) . . . Orthoptera EE. Wings alike in structure, both more or less leathery. C. Tarsi 5-jointed. (Page 90) . . . Neuroptera GG. Tarsi less than 5-jointed. Stone-flies. (Page 97) Plecoptera CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 305 I A A. Mouth-parts adapted for sucking. , B. Mouth-parts not adapted for piercing. C. Body covered with scales, wings usually broad. Butterflies and moths. (Page 172) Lepidoptera ^ , CC. Body not covered with scales, wings comparatively narrow. ' D. Mandibles, if present, not fitted for biting. E. Two pair of wings, fringed with hair. Thrips. Physopoda EE. One pair of wings usually naked, or with microscopic hairs. Flies. (Page 218) Diptera DD. Mandibles normally developed Hymenoptera BB. Mouth-parts adapted for piercing. C. Mouth-parts consisting of a jointed tube containing the bristlelike mandibles and maxillae. Bugs. (Page 107) . . . Hemiptera CC. Mouth-parts consisting of a fleshy tube containing usually bristle- like mandibles and maxillae. D. Wingless insects ; body laterally compressed. Fleas. (Page 240) Siphonaptera DD. Winged or wingless insects, body not laterally compressed. E. Tarsus provided with single strong, hooklike claw. Wing- less parasitic lice of mammals. (Page 107). Hemiptera EE. Tarsus normal. Winged or wingless insects. (Page 218) Diptera KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF APTERA 1 A. Abdomen elongate, composed of at least ten segments; antennae many- jointed ; abdomen usually provided with a pair of two-or-more-jointed, fila- mentous, or forceplike appendages. (Page 74) Suborder I, Thysanura B. Body covered with scales Lepismidae BB. Body not covered with scales. C. Abdomen without caudal appendages . . . Anisophaeridae CC. Abdomen with caudal appendages. D. Caudal appendages sickle-shaped Japygidae DD. Caudal appendages consisting of many-jointed filaments. Campodeidae AA. Abdomen composed of not more than six segments; antennae of not more than eight segments ; ventral spring usually present, but no ter- minal abdominal appendages. Springtails. (Page 74) Suborder II, Collembola B. Ventral spring present. C. Ventral spring attached on penultimate abdominal segment. D. Abdomen globular, only slightly longer than broad. Sminthuridae DD. Abdomen cylindrical, longer than broad. Entomobryidae 1 Revised from Dr. K. W. v. Dalla Torie's " Die Gattungen und Arten der Apterygogenea." / 306 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY CC. Ventral spring attached to antepenultimate abdominal segment. PODURIDAE BB. Ventral spring absent Aphoruridae THE EPHEMERIDA This order includes only a single family, the members of which have deli- cate membranous wings with a fine network of veins. The fore-wings are large, and the hind-wings much smaller or wanting. Mouth-parts rudimentary. May-fiies. (Page 95) Ephemeridae KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF ODONATAi A. Front and hind wings similar in outline, distinctly narrow at base, held vertically over the back when at rest. Damsel-flies. (Page 98) Sub- order Zygoptera B. Wings with not less than five antecubital cross veins. Calopterygidae ^ BB. Wings with not more than three, usually two, antecubital cross veins. Agrionidae A A. Front and hind wings dissimilar, the hind-wings being much wider at the base ; wings held horizontally when at rest. Dragon-flies. (Page 98) s^ Suborder Anisoptera J B. Antecubital cross veins of first and second rows usually meeting each other Libellulidae 3 BB. Antecubital cross veins of first and second rows not meeting each other. '"/ C. Eyes meeting above in median line of head ; abdomen with lateral ridges Aeschnidae CC. Eyes separate, or nearly so ; abdomen without lateral ridges. /^ D. Eyes touching at a single point, or barely apart. CoRDULEGASTERI DAE DD. Eyes distinctly separated Gomphidae THE PLECOPTERA This order includes only a single family, having four membranous wings, the hind-wings being folded plaitlike under the fore-wings. The mouth-parts are biting, but slightly developed. Stone-flies. (Page 97) . . . Perlidae KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF NEUROPTERA A. Hind-wings broad at base, the inner margin folded in plaits. Dobsons. (Page 90) Sialidae AA. Hind-wings narrow at base, not folded in plaits. B. Prothorax gready prolonged into necklike stalk. 1 Revised from Kellogg's " American Insects." i CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 307 C. Prothoracic legs normal Rai'HIdiidae CC. Prothoracic legs fitted for grasping Mantispidae BB. Prothorax normal. C. Wings clear, densely net-veined. D. Antennae filiform, without terminal knob. Lace wings. (Page 92) Chrvsopidae DD. Antennae filiform, with terminal knob. Ant-lions. (Page 93 ) MVR.MELEONIDAE CC. Wings more or less opaque, with many longitudinal but few cross veins Hemerobiidae THE MECOPTERA This order includes only one family, having four membranous wings, fur- nished with numerous veins. The head is prolonged into a beak, at the end of which are the biting mouth-parts. Scorpion-flies. (Page 93) Panorpidae THE TRICHOPTERA This order includes but one family, having four membranous wings, fur- nished with numerous longitudinal but few cross veins ; wings more or less densely covered with hair ; rudimentary biting mouth-parts. Caddis-flies. (Page 93) Phryganeidae KEY TO THE PLATYPTERA A. Body cylindrical, social insects with white, antlike bodies. White ants. (Page 103) Termitidae A A. Body depressed, if cylindrical, not andike. Nonsocial, louselike insects. B. Antennae of not more than five segments. Bird-lice. (Page 106) Suborder Mallophaga C. Antennae exposed, consisting of three or five segments. D. With three-segmented antennae : tarsi with one claw ; infesting mammals only Trichodectidae DD. With five-segmented antennas ; tarsi with two claws ; infesting birds only Philopteridae CC. Antennas concealed in shallow cavities on underside of head, con- sisting of four segments. D. Tarsi with one claw ; infesting mammals only . Gyropidae DD. Tarsi with two claws ; infestmg birds only . . Liotheidae BB. Filiform antennas of more than five segments. Suborder Corrodextia C. Wings well developed ; ocelli present in addition to the compound eyes. Bark-lice. (Page 105) Psocidae CC. Wings and ocelli wanting. Book-lice. (Page 105) . Atropidae 3o8 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY THE EUPLEXOPTERA This order includes a single family the members of which have four wings : the first pair are leathery or horny, meeting in a straight line down the middle of ihe back ; the second pair are membranous, with numerous radiating veins folded lengthwise like a fan and then crosswise under the first pair. Earwigs. (Page 87) FORFICULIDAE KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF ORTHOPTERA A. Third pair of legs not adapted for leaping. B. Body oval, dorsoventrally compressed. Cockroaches. (Page 77) Blattidae BB. Body elongate, not dorsoventrally compressed. C. First pair of legs fitted for grasping and holding their prey ; prono- tum longer than any of the other body segments. Praying mantis. (Page 78) Maxtidae CC. First pair of legs not fitted for grasping and holding prey ; prono- tum short. Walking-sticks. (Page 80) Phasmidae A A. Third pair of legs adapted for leaping. B. Antennae shorter than body. Locusts. (Page 81). . . Acrididae BB. Antennae longer than body. C. Tarsi consisting of four segments. Long-horned grasshoppers. (Page 83) LocusTiDAE CC. Tarsi consisting of three segments. Crickets. (Page 85) Grvllidae THE THVSANOPTERA This order includes but a single family of very small .insects with long, narrow, membranous wings, having but few or no veins and bordered by a fringe of long hair ; the tarsi swollen, bladderlike, with or without claws. Phvsopodae KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF HEMIPTERAi A. Wingless insects with fleshy unjointed beak; parasitic on mammals. (Suborder Parasitica.) Suctorial Hce. (Page 121) . . Pediculidae AA. Winged or wingless insects, with a jointed beak. B. First pair of wings leathery at the base, membranous at the tip, the tips overlapping on the back ; beak arising from front part of head. Suborder Heteroptera C. Antennae shorter than head. Aquatic or shore insects. D. With two ocelli. Toad-bugs Galcjulidae DD. Without ocelli. 1 Adapted from Kellogg's "American Insects." CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 309 E. Hind tarsus without claws. F. Pronotum overlapping head above. Back-swimmers. (Page 108) NOTONECTIDAE FF. Head overlapping prothorax above. Water-boatman. (Page 108) CoRisiDAE EE. Hind tarsus with claws. F. Caudal end of abdomen furnished with a respiratory tube. Water-scorpions. (Page 109) . . . Nepidae FF. Caudal end of abdomen without respiratory tube. G. Hind legs flattened, adapted for swimming. Giant water-bug. (Page 109) . . . Belosto.matidae GG. Hind legs slender, not adapted for swimming. Naucoridae CC. Antennae at least as long as head. D. Head as long as entire thorax Limnobatidae DD. Head shorter than thorax. E. Last segment of tarsus more or less split, with claws inserted before apex. F. Body elongated ; beak four-jointed. Water-striders. (Page 109) Hydrobatidae FF. Body usually stout and oval ; beak three-jointed. Velidae EE. Last segment of tarsus entire, and with claws inserted at apex. F. Antennas of three or four segments. G. Beak three-jointed. H. Body very long and slender . . Emesidae HH. Body not long and slender. /. Front legs with greatly thickened femora. Ambush-bugs. (Page 114) . Phvmatidae //. Front legs with normal femora, or at least not unusually wide. J. Antennasof three segments. Assassin-bugs. (Page 112) Reduviidae JJ. Antennae of four segments. K. Tarsus of two segments ; body very flat. Flat-bugs .... Aradidae KK. Tarsus of three segments. L. Dorsal portion of body more or less rounded ; beak long, reaching to or beyond second coxa. Shore-bugs. Saldidae LL. Dorsal part of body flat ; beak not reaching beyond second coxa. Bed- bugs. (Page I 14) ACANTHIDAE 3IO ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY GG. Beak four-jointed. H. Ocelli absent. /. Membrane of front wings with two large cells at the base, from which arise about eight branching veins. Red-bugs. Pyrrhocoridae //. Membrane of front wings with one or two closed cells at the base, and with no longitudi- nal veins. Leaf-bugs. (Page 1 1 7) Capsidae HH. Ocelli present. /. Front legs fitted for grasping prey, the tibia being armed with spines and capable of being closed tightly on the femora, which are unusu- ally stout. Damsel-bugs . . . Nabidae //. Front legs not differing from the others. J. Body and legs very long and slender. Stilt-bugs Berytidae JJ. Body not unusually slender. A'. Tarsus two-jointed; wing-covers resem- bling lace network. Lace-bugs. (Page 117) Tingitidae KK. Tarsus three-jointed. L. Membrane with four or five simple veins arising from its base. Chinch-bug family. (Page 120) LVGAEIDAE LL. Membrane with many forked veins springing from a transverse basal vein. Squash-bugs. (Page 121) COREIDAE FF. Antennae of five segments. G. Dorsal portion of body flat. H. Tibia with few or no spines. Stink-bugs. (Page 115) Pextatomidae HH. Tibia armed with rows of spines . Cydxidae GG. Dorsal portion of body strongly convex. H. Prothorax rounded in front, nearly straight be- hind ; lateral margin of scutellum with a furrow in which the edges of the wing-covers fit when closed. Negro-bugs . . . Thyreocoridae HH. Prothorax not as above ; lateral margin of scutellum without furrow. Shield-backed bugs. Scutelleridae BB. Wings membranous or sometimes leathery throughout; beak arising from the hinder parts of the lower side of the head. Suborder Homoptera CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 311 C. Beak evidently arising from head ; tarsi three-jointed ; antennae minute, bristlelike. D. With three ocelli ; males with musical organs. Cicadas. (Page 122) CiCADIDAE DD. With two ocelli or none ; males without musical organs. E. Antennas inserted on sides of cheek beneath the eyes. FULGORIDAE EE. Antennae inserted in front of and between the eyes. E. Pronotum prolonged posteriorly over the abdomen or at least over the scutellum. Tree-hoppers. (Page 124) Membracidae EE. Pronotum not prolonged above abdomen. G. Hind tibia armed with one or two stout teeth and with short, stout spines at tip. Spittle-insects. (Page 124) Cercopidae GG. Hind tibia with two rows of spines. Leaf -hoppers. (Page 125) Jassidae CC. Beak apparently arising from between the front coxae, or absent ; tarsi one- or two-jointed. D. Hind femora fitted for leaping; antennae of nine or ten seg- ments with two bristles on apex. Jumping plant-lice. (Page 127) PSYLLIDAE DD. Hind femora normal ; antennas usually with less than ten segments. E. Legs long and slender ; wings transparent. Plant-lice. (Page 127) Aphididae EE. Legs short ; wings usually opaque. E. Tarsus consisting of two joints ; body covered with a whitish powder, male and female each with four wings. Aleyrodidae EE. Tarsus consisting of one joint ; adult male with two wings ; female wingless, with the body scale-like or gall-like in form. Scale insects. (Page 129) Coccidae KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF COLEOPTERA A. Head not prolonged into beak. {Coleopfera ge/iui/ia.) B. First and second tarsus consisting of five segments ; third tarsus con- sisting of four segments Section Heteromera C. Head without distinct neck ; narrower than thorax and more or less inserted in it; body wall hard. Darkling-beetles. (Page 165) Texebrionidae CC. Head with distinct neck and as wide as prothorax ; body soft and elytra flexible. Blister-beetles Meloidae BB. First, second, and third tarsi of same number of segments. 312 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Tarsi consisting of five segments . . . Section Pentamera D. Antennae filiform, with distinct cylindrical segments. Tribe Adephaga E. Legs adapted for swimming, aquatic in habits. F. Eyes divided laterally, making apparently four compound eyes. Whirligig-beetles. (Page 140) . . Gyrinidae FF. Eyes not divided. Predacious diving-beetles. Dytiscidae EE. Legs adapted for running ; terrestrial in habit. F. Antennas inserted on front of head above base of man- dibles. Tiger beetles. (Page 137) . Cicixdelidae FF. Antennas inserted on sides of head between base of mandibles and eyes. Predacious ground-beetles. (Page 138) Carabidae DD. Antennae not filiform. E. Antennas capitate or clavate . . . Tribe Clavicornia F. Aquatic, legs fitted for swimming. Water-scavenger beetles. (Page 141) Hvdrophilidae FF. Terrestrial, legs not fitted for swimming. G. Antennae moniliform, the segments gradually en- larging toward the end ; elytra covering only basal half of abdomen. Rove-beetles . Staphylinidae GG. Antennae of various forms (clavate or capitate) ; elytra covering most of abdomen. H. Abdomen with six or more ventral segments ; an- terior coxae conical ; antennas gradually thickened or clavate. Carrion-beetles. (Page 142) SiLPHIDAE HH. Abdomen with five ventral segments ; anterior coxae conical and projecting from the coxal cavi- ties ; last three segments of the antennae forming a large club. Larder-beetles, etc. Dermestidae EE. Antennae serrate or lamellate. F. Antennae serrated. Saw-horned beedes. (Page 144) Tribe Serricornia G. Head inserted in thorax, which extends as far as compound eyes ; body elongated or elliptical. H. First two abdominal segments fused together on ventral side. Metallic wood-borers. (Page 146) BUPRESTIDAE HH. First two abdominal segments not fused. Click- beetles. (Page 144) .... ElatEridae GG. Head not inserted in thorax as far as compound eyes. H. Head bent nearly at right angles to thorax, which protrudes over it. Size usually less than one fourth of an inch Ptinidae CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 313 HH. Head normal, but partially or nearly covered by thin anterior margin of thorax. /. Wing-covers flexible ; body elongated and flattened ; antennae not enlarged at tip. Fire- flies. (Page 147) .... Lampyridae //. Wing-covers firm ; body not much flattened ; antennse often enlarged at tip. Checkered- beetles Cleridae FF. Antennas lamellate, composed of a stemlike portion on the end of which are a number of flat, bladelike segments Tribe Lamellicornia 6^. Antennas elbowed ; terminal lamella consisting of fixed transverse plates. Stag-beetles. (Page 148) LUCANIDAE CG. Antennas not elbowed ; terminal lamella consisting of flat plates which fold together. Leaf chafers and scavenger-beetles. (Page 149) . Scarabaeidae CC. Tarsus less than five segments. D. Tarsus consisting of four segments. (Page 153) Section Tetramera F. Body short and more or less oval ; antennae short. F. Front of head not prolonged as a short, broad beak ; elytra usually covering tip of abdomen ; larvas and adults leaf feeders. Leaf-beetles. (Page 153) Chrysomelidae FF. Front of head prolonged as a short, quadrate beak ; elytra short, exposing tip of abdomen. Pea- and bean- weevils. (Page 1 58) Bruchidae EE. Body long and cylindrical; antennae long. (Page 158) Cerambycidae DD. Tarsus consisting of three segments ; comparatively small beetles with semispherical bodies. Ladybird beetles. (Page 161) (Section Trimera) Coccixellidae A A. Head prolonged into a beaklike structure at the end of which are biting mouth-parts. B. The dorsum of the last segment of the male divided transversely so that, when viewed dorsally, this sex appears to have one more body segment than the female. C. Mandibles with a scar of the anterior aspect . Otiorhynchidae CC. Mandibles without scar on anterior aspect. Curculios. (Page 167) CURCULIOXIDAE BB. Dorsum of last segment of both sexes undivided. C. Tibia not serrated. Bill-bugs and granary-weevils. (Page 169) Calandridae CC. Tibia serrated. Bark-beetles. (Page 1 70) . . . Scolytidae CLXizir^ Fig. 437. Diagram of wings of Hepialus gracilis, showing jugum (/) and similarity of venation of fore- and hind-wings (After Comstock, from Kellogg) " fl fl Fig. 438. Venation of a tortricid moth [Cacoecia ce7-asivora}ia) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) ririXsr-f a^ — ^ Fig. 439. Venation of a pyralid moth ( Fy ra lis faTina lis ) cs, costal vein ; sc, subcostal vein ; r, radial vein ; m, medial vein ; c, cubital vein ; a, anal vein. Note the hairlike projection, the frasnulum, at the base of the hind-wing. This fits into a little pocket on the fore- wing. (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 440. Venation of a saturniid {Bombyx mori) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) 314 a a a Fig. 441. Venation of a cossid {Prioiioxystus robinae) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 442. Venation of a hes- perid {Epargyreiis iityms) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 443. Venation of a notodontid {iVotodoiita simgtila) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 444. Venation of a geome- trid {Dyspepteris abortivaria) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) 315 Fig. 445. Venation of a noctuid (Agrotis ypsiloit ) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 446. Venation of a lasio- campid (Malacasoma americaiia) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) r4*^ Fig. 447. Venation of a zygaenid [Ciemicha virginica) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 448. Venation of a lycaenid {Chiysoj-hanus ihoe) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) 316 Fig. 449. Venation of a papilionid {Papilio polyxeues) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) Fig. 450. Venation of an arctiid [Halesidota tessellata) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) C£ a Fig. 451. Venation of a nymphalid {Basila)rhia astyaiiax) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) cs-{- FiG. 452. Venation of a pierid (Foiitia protodice) . (Enlarged) (After Comstock, from Kellogg) 1>^1 3l8 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF LEPIDOPTERAi A. Lepidoptera with slender antennae, the tips of which are expanded or dilated. Mostly diurnal in habits. Butterflies and skippers. B. Dilation of antennas terminated by recurved hook. Wing venation as in Fig. 26 [. Skippers. (Page 174) Hesperidae BB. Dilation of antennae not terminated by recurved hook. C. First pair of legs normal, or simply reduced in size. D. First pair of legs reduced in size. Wing venation as in Fig. 448. (Page 178) LVCAENIDAE DD. First pair of legs normally developed. E. Front tibia without pads ; claws toothed ; cubital of fore- wing three-branched. Fig. 452. (Page 178) . Pieridae EE. Front tibia with pads ; claws not toothed ; cubital of fore- wing four-branched. Fig. 449. Swallowtails. (Page 175) Papilioxidae CC. First pair of legs atrophied, without claws ; wing venation as in Fig. 451. (Page 179) Nvmphalidae AA. Lepidoptera with antennae of various forms but never enlarged at tip. Mostly nocturnal in habits. Moths. B. Hind-wings with not over two complete anal veins. C. Second and third median veins arising together ; /;/- not arising from center of discal cell. D. Humeral vein present in hind-wing, arising at base of costal. Frsenulum absent. Fig. 446. (Page 216) . Lasiocampidae DD. Humeral vein absent ; fraenulum present. E. Subcosta and radius of hind-wing fused to near apex of discal cell ; ocelli present. Tiger moths. Fig. 450. (Page 207) Arctiidae EE. Subcosta and radius of hind-wing distinct, or but slightly fused. E. Diurnal moths with simple antennae and contrasting coloration. Wood nymphs .... Agaristidae EE. Nocturnal moths with simple or pectinate antennae and without contrasting coloration. G. Ocelli absent ; antennas pectinate. Tussock-moth. (Page 203) Liparidae GG. Ocelli present ; antennas usually simple. Owlet moths. Fig. 445. (Page 199) . . . NocTUiDAE CC. Second and third median vein not arising together, arising from center of discal vein. D. Fraenulum present. E. Subcosta and radius of hind-wing connected near base by crossbar. Hawk moths. (Page 208) . . . Sphingidae 1 This key has been adapted from keys of Holland, Smith, Bunter, and others. CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 319 EE. Subcosta and radius of hind-wing not connected by crossbar. F. Moths with heavy abdomens and narrow, strong fore- wings. Prominents. Fig. 443. (Page 193) NOTODOXTIDAE FF. Moths with narrow, slender abdomens, and broad, deli- cate wings. Fig. 444. (Page 195) . (iEOMEXRiDAE DD. Frasnulum absent. E. Tongue absent ; tibia without spurs. Fig. 440. (Page 212) Superfamily Saturxoidea ^ ' EE. Tongue present ; tibia with spurs. Royal moths. Ceratocampidae BB. Hind-wing with three complete anal veins. C. Wings transparent, free from scales. Fore-wings narrow. Clear- winged moths. (Page 192) Sesiidae CC. Wings covered with scales. D. Hind-wings with subcosta fused with or approximate to radius. Fig. 439. (Page 187) Pyralidae DD. Hind-wings with subcosta and radius far apart. E. Small moths with fringe on inner angle of hind-wing unusually long. /•"■. Second anal vein of hind-wing forked at base. Leaf- rollers. Fig. 438. (Page 1 86) . . . Tortricidae^ FF. Second anal vein of hind-wing not forked at base. Leaf- miners. (Page 184) TixEiDAE EE. Large or medium-sized moths, without unusual fringe on hind-wing. F. Anal veins of fore-wing partially fused. Bag-worm moths PSVCHIDAE FF. Anal veins of fore-wing not fused. Carpenter moths. (Page 191) CossiDAE KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF HYMENOPTERA3 A. Posterior trochanter consisting of two segments ; ovipositor modified into a saw, or borer. B. Abdomen broadly joined to thorax. C. Tibia of forelegs with two terminal spurs ; female with sawlike ovipositor. Saw-flies. (Page 244) .... Texthredinidae CC. Tibia of foreleg with one terminal spur ; female with ovipositor fitted for boring. Horn-tails. (Page 246) .... SiRiclDAE BB. Abdomen joined to thorax by slender petiole. 1 Includes families Bombycidae, Saturniidae. 2 Includes families Grapholithidae, Conchylidae, and Tortricidae. ^ Modified from Cresson. 320 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY C. Fore-wings with few or no cross veins ; if a few cross veins are present, the abdomen is not compressed. Very small parasitic Hymenoptera. D. Ovipositor issuing before apex of abdomen . Chalcididae DD. Ovipositor issuing from apex of abdomen. (Page 253) Proctotrypidae CC. Fore-wings with one or more closed cells. D. Fore-wings without a stigma, or costal vein. Gall-flies. (Page 246) Cvnipidae DD. Fore-wings with a stigma. E. Fore-wing with two recurvent veins . Ichneumonidae EE. Fore-wing with one recurvent vein . . Braconidae A A. Posterior trochanter consisting of a single segment. B. Fore-wings with no closed submarginal cells. C. Abdomen long and slender ; antennae long and filiform. Pelecinidae CC. Abdomen short, but little longer than the head and thorax together ; antennas short and elbowed. Cuckoo-flies . . . Chrysididae BB. Fore-wings with at least one closed submarginal cell. C. First abdominal segment, and sometimes the second, forming a knot, or node, on the upper side of the petiole. Ants. (Page 254) Superfamily FoRMiciNA D. First segment of the abdomen forming the petiole. E. Abdomen somewhat constricted between the second and third segments ; sting present Poneridae EE. Abdomen not constricted between the second and third segments ; sting absent Camponotidae DD. Petiole consisting of the first and second segments of abdomen ; sting present Myrmicidae CC. Petiole normal, without scales or nodes. D. First segment of tarsus of hind-leg cylindrical, and naked, or with little hair. E. Wings folded longitudinally when at rest. True wasps. (Page 263) Superfamily Vespina E. Antennae clavate or knobbed at tip . . Masaridae EE. Antennae filiform or nearly so. G. Tibia of second pair of legs with a single terminal spur Eumenidae GG. Tibia of second pair of legs with two terminal spurs. Tarsal claws simple. (Page 264) Vespidae EE. Wings not folded longitudinally when at rest. Digger- wasps. (Page 260) Superfamily Sphecina E. Sides of the pronotum extending back to the base of the wings. CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 32 1 G. First abdominal segment distinctly separated from the second on the ventral side by a constriction. H. Tibia of second pair of legs with two terminal spurs ; females wingless. Velvet ants. ( Page 261) MUTILLIDAE HH. Tibia of second pair of legs with single terminal spur SCOLIIDAE GG. First and second segment of abdomen not separated on ventral side by constriction. (Page 261) PSAMMOCHARIDAE FF. Prothorax forming a narrow collar, not reaching to base of wing. G. Base of abdomen with a long, slender petiole. (Page 262) Sphecidae GG. Base of abdomen without long, slender petiole. Bemhecidae DD. First segment of tarsus of hind-leg expanded and flattened, furnished with numerous hairs, often poorly developed in para- sitic bees. Bees. (Page 266) .... Superfamily Apina F. Glossa short and flat, no longer than the mentum. Short- tongued bees. (Page 267) Axdrenidae EE. Glossa long and slender, not flattened. Long-tongued bees. (Page 267) Apidae KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT FAMILIES OF DIPTERAi Adults nonparasitic upon the warm-blooded vertebrates ; habits variable. Abdomen distinctly segmented. Rarely viviparous. B. Anal cell rarely narrowed at the margin ; antennae consisting of more than 5 joints, usually elongate, filiform, and verticellate, rarely pecti- nate or with a differentiated style or arista . . . Nematocera C. \'eins of the wings covered with hairs, the usual cross veins want- ing. Small mothlike flies Psvchodidae CC. Veins and margin of the wings fringed with scales. Mosquitoes. (Fig. 455) ' CULICIDAE D. Thorax with a distinct V-shaped suture ; wings variable. Crane- flies. (Fig. 453) TiPULIDAE DD. Thorax without the distinct V-shaped suture. E. Discal cell present. False crane-flies . . . Rhvphidae EE. Discal cell wanting. F. Wings with few longitudinal veins ; tibiae without spurs. Gall-gnats. (Fig. 458) Cecidomyiidae FF. Tibiae with spurs ; coxae elongate. Fungus-gnats. (Fig. 459) Mycetophilidae 1 By C. W. Johnson, Curator Boston Society of Natural History. -'« CU3 CU' '"' Fig. 453. Venation of a tipulid {Protoplasa fitchii) (After Comstock) Fig. 454. Venation of Blepharocera sp. (After Comstock) -fi'tS Fig. 455. Venation of a mosquito (Ciilex sp.) (After Comstock) r' r^*3 }-4*5 Fig. 456. Venation of a Chironoimts sp. (After Comstock) .so r'r^'^ r-* Fig. 457. Venation of a soldier-fly {Stratiomyia sp.) (After Comstock) 322 CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 323 G. Abdomen slender ; wings narrow ; antennae plumose in the males. Midges. (Fig. 456) Chironomidae GG. Abdomen short and thick ; antennae shorter than the thorax, nonplumose. H. Wings very broad, anterior v^ins stout, the other weak. The black-flies . . . . Simuliidae HH. Wings large but more normal in character ; legs strong, front femora often thickened. BiBIONIDAE BB. Anal closed or distinctly narrowed, second vein never fucate ; antennas usually with three joints, the third joint sometimes complex and com- posed of numerous annuli Brachvcera C. Third joint of the antennas with from 4- to 8-segmented annuli. D. Squamas rather large ; third joint of the antennae without a style or arista. Horse-flies Tabaxidae DD. Squamae small or vestigial. E. Costal vein does not extend beyond the tip of the wing, longitudinal veins covered anteriorly ; posterior veins often weak; tibiae without spurs. Soldier-flies. (Fig. 457) Stratiomyidae EE. Costal vein encompasses the wing ; posterior veins strong ; middle tibis at least with distinct spurs ; antennae extremely variable Leptidae CC. Third joint of antennae simple, not composed of numerous annuli. D. Antennae long, clavate, apparently 4-jointed ; palpi small or wanting. Mydas-flies Mydaidae DD. Antennae 3-jointed, often with a variable style or arista ; palpi always present, usually prominent. Robber-flies . Asilidae E. Antennae apparendy 2-jointed ; anterior veins stout, the others weak and extending obliquely across the wing. Small hunch-backed flies Phoridae EE. Antennae 2- or 3-jointed ; head small ; squamas very large ; abdomen inflated. Parasitic on spiders . . Cyrtidae E. Third antennal joint usually with a terminal style, pro- boscis often prominent; body frequently covered with long, delicate hairs. Bee-flies. (Fig. 460) Bombyliidae EE. Third antennal joint without terminal style : fourth vein terminates at or before the tip of the wing. Window- flies SCENOPINIDAE G. Small, for the most part bright-colored green or blue ; second boscal cell confluent with the discal cell ; arista dorsal or terminal. Predacious. Dolichopodidae GG. Small, not brighdy colored ; head small, eyes some- times contiguous ; proboscis rigid. Predacious. Empididae cu- ' Cll' Fig. 458. Venation of a cecidomyiid gall-gnat (After Comstock) Fig. 459. Venation of a fungus-gnat {Mycetophilidae) (After Winnertz, adapted from Comstock) H^ la cu^ m3+cu' Fig. 460. Venation of a bombyliid (Pentarbes capita) (After Comstock) ~cu^* la Fig. 461. Venation of a bot-fly [Gastrophilus sp.) (After Comstock) 324 CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 325 H. Third joint almost always with a dorsal arista ; a spurious longitudinal vein between the third and fourth longitudinal veins ; first posterior cell al- waysclosed. Flower-flies. (Fig. 463) Svrphidae HH. No spurious longitudinal veins. /. Small ; hind tarsi enlarged and often orna- mented in the male arista terminal. Flat- footed flies Platypezidae //. Small ; head large, composed chiefly of eyes ; arista dorsal. Big-eyed flies. Pipunculidae /. Squamae small or vestigial ; eyes never con- tiguous ; the front in both sexes of equal width ; thorax without complete transverse suture ACALVPTERAE K. Auxiliary vein distinct, the first vein ends near or beyond the middle of the wings ; a distinct bristle on each side of the face; oval vibrissas present ; front usually with well-developed bristles and hairs Cokdvluridae KK. Front never bristly near the antennae ; abdomen cylindrical, contracted near *the base. Small shining black flies. Cheese-maggot, etc. . . - Sepsidae L. No oral vibrissae ; abdomen elon- gate, often narrowly constricted , proboscis long and folded near the middle. (Fig. 462) . CONOPIDAE LL. Upper fronto-orbital bristles only present; preapical tibial bristle rarely present ; arista rarely plumose ; ovi- positor horny ; wings usually pic- tured Ortalidae M. Fronto-orbital bristles present or absent ; second joint of the antennae often elongate ; arista plumose ; preapical tibial bristle present; ovipositor not horny; wings often pictured. Meadow- flies . . . SCIOMYZIDAE MM. One or two fronto-orbital bris- tles ; third joint of the antennae more or less elongate ; preapical bristle absent or present. All small species. Sapromyzidae cu*ia Fig. 462. Venation of a conopid ( Coiops affinis) (After Comstock) sc r^ r2-^3 y4+5 Fig. 463. Venation of a syrphid {Eristalis sp. (After Comstock) la cu^ '-'^ Fig. 464. Venation of a dixa midge {Dixa sp.) (After Comstock) Y**S Fig. 465. Venation of an empidid [Rhamphomyia sp.) (After Comstock) 326 CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 327 N. Auxiliary vein absent or in- complete; first vein usually ends in the costa before the middle of the wing; head produced on each side into a lateral process for the eyes . . . Diopsidae JVN. Hind metatarsi incrassated and usually shorter than the second joint ; oval vibrissae present. Small flies about excrement near water. BORBORIDAE O. Discal and basal cells united, anal cell absent; front bare or at most bristly above. Small, usually light-colored flies . . OSCINIDAE 00. Front often bristly, face often very convex, mouth cavity usually large ; no oval vibrissas. Small dark-colored flies about water. Ephydridae P. Anal cell complete ; oral vibrissas pres- ent ; aristae long, plu- mose, or pectinate above. Vinegar or pomace flies. Drosphilidae PP. Arista bare or pubes- cent ; front bristly at least as far as the middle. Very small flies, compris- ing most of the leaf- miners. Agromyzidae Q. Oval vibrissa ab- sent ; anal cell an- gular ; no preapi- cal tibial bristle; 328 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY ovipositor long and jointed ; wings usually pictured. Fruit- flies. Trypetidae QQ. Anal cell not pro- duced ; antennae usually elongated and decumbent. Rather small elongate flies. PSILIDAE //. Squamae large ; front of male narrowed or eyes contiguous ; thorax with complete transverse suture . . . Calvpterae A". Oval opening small ; the mouth-parts small or vestigial. Larvae parasitic upon mammals. Bot-flies. (Fig. 461) Oestridae A'A'. Oval opening of usual size, not vestigial ; hypopleurae with a tuft of bristles ; first posterior cell narrowed or closed ; arista bare or somewhat pubescent. Larva parasitic upon the early stages of other insects Tachinidae L. Arista bare on the outer half ; dor- sum of the abdomen rarely bristly on the anterior part. Larva usually feeds on decaying animal matter. Flesh-flies . . Sarcophagi dae LL. Arista entirely plumose ; dorsum of the abdomen usually bristly on the anterior part ; legs long. Larva para- sitic on other insects . Dexiidae M, Arista plumose; abdominal seg- ments without bristles except near the tip ; first posterior cell narrowed or closed. House-fly, etc Muscidae MM. Arista plumose, pubescent, or bare ; first posterior cell very slightly or not at all narrowed at the margin. Larva are vege- table feeders. Anthomyiidae CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS 329 ^^. Adults usually ectoparasitic upon warm-blooded vertebrates; abdomen indistinctly segmented. Larvae born when about to pupate. Pupipara B. Winged or wingless flies; eyes faceted; palpi forming a sheath for the proboscis ; veins of the wing, when present, crowded anteriorly, the weaker veins running obliquely across the wing. Parasitic upon birds and mammals. House-flies Hippoboscidae BB. Winged or wingless ; when present the wings are pubescent, with parallel veins and outer cross-veins ; eyes usually unfaceted ; ocelli wanting ; antennae 2-jointed ; palpi broad, not forming a sheath for the proboscis. Usually parasitic upon bats .... Streblidae C. Wingless ; halteres present ; eyes vestigial ; head folding back on the dorsum of the thorax. Small, spiderlike flies ; parasitic upon bats. Bat-ticks Nvcteribiidae CC. Wingless ; halteres absent ; eyes vestigial ; last joint of the tarsi with a pair of comblike appendages. Parasitic upon the honey- bee. Bee-louse Braulidae CHAPTER XXIII METHODS OF COLLECTING INSECTS The following instructions on the methods and equipment for collecting and preserving insects have been compiled to give as concise information on the subject as possible. Most of the methods and equipment have been tried and tested out either by the author or under his observation. There are a number of accessible bulletins and papers on this subject, one of the best of which is United States National Museum Bulletin No. 6y, " Directions for Collecting and Preserving Insects," by Nathan Banks.^ Field kit. In order to secure a collection that is at all valuable, it is necessary to make special trips after insects, and to be provided with special equipment. Therefore, among the first requirements is a means of carrying the outfit so that every article will be accessible. The have7-saek. This is one of the most common means of carrying collecting outfits, and if constructed of the proper material, will be found very handy. The size will depend somewhat on the length of the trip taken, but for ordinary purposes a sack twelve by fourteen by four inches will be found most convenient. It should be provided with a good flap, to fasten by means of a buckle or snap, as well as with shoulder straps and loops for the belt. These latter are very important, as they prevent the sack from flopping about while collecting. Canvas or khaki makes very serviceable sacks, but they are not waterproof. Some of the numerous imitation leathers or heavy oilcloth will wear nearly as long and be much more serviceable. The haversack should have at least three separate compartments, and if manufactured at home, with a little ingenuity one can provide a place for each article of the outfit. Colleeting eoat. Any comfortable, loose-fitting coat may, with a little alteration, be converted into an entomologist's collecting coat. The requirements are a sufficient number of pockets to hold the 1 See also the bottom of page 359. 330 METHODS OF COLLECTING INSECTS 331 field outfit. The ordinary khaki or duck's-back hunting coat will be found very convenient, having, as it does, an abundance of room for accommodating cyanide bottles, folding nets, and other necessary articles. Collecting belt (Fig. 466). For short, half-day excursions a loose- fitted, woven belt, about three or four inches wide, provided with pockets to hold cyanide bottles, forceps, storage boxes, etc., is \ery Fig. 466. A collecting belt (After Banks) serviceable. The objection to this affair, however, is the unavoid- able width of the belt. These belts may be obtained, with a complete collecting outfit, from any of the entomological supply companies. Insect nets. Of first importance to the entomologist is the insect net. In its simplest form the net consists of a ring, or hoop, firmly attached to a handle two or three feet in length. Attached to the hoop is a net about eighteen inches in depth. A very serviceable net may be constructed by bending a stout wire into a circle (Fig. 467), then bending the ends back at right angles and lashing them 132 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY firmly to the stick with stout binding wire. The ring will be held much more firmly if the ends of the wire are sharpened and again bent at right angles and driven into the stick. Also, a groove cut in either side of the stick for the reception of the wire w'ill make it much stouter. There are numerous other ways of constructing net frames, but most of them are too complicated for practical use. Many folding frames of various types may be obtained of entomo- logical supply companies, but none of these are equal to the spring- steel, folding landing nets sold by dealers in fish tackle. These may be obtained with a three-foot, jointed handle, are nearly as light, and will stand much more wear than any of the regular insect-net frames on the market. The simplest and lightest net ring is that of the simplex net (see Appendix) ; this consists of a thin steel band which is easily coiled up and carried in the pocket, and readily attached to the handle. Numerous materials are used in the construction of the net itself. Mosquito bar is sometimes used, but this lasts but a short time and is too coarse to catch small insects. A fine bobbinet is far superior to the mosquito bar, as is also cheesecloth. With any of these mate- rials a hem of stout cotton cloth should first be sewed to the net, through which to run the net frame. The net should be about eighteen inches in depth, tapering nearly to a point. The net above described is to be used for all ordinaiy purposes, such as catching butterflies, dragon flies, etc., but is scarcely suitable for certain kinds of collecting. The siueeping net. This type of net is very similar to the one just described, except that the frame is much heavier and the net of stronger material, such as denim or canvas. It is used by sweep- ing it back and forth rapidly over the tops of the bushes, through long grass, weed patches, etc. After sweeping back and forth a number of times, the net is given a half turn, which prevents the Fig. 467. A wire net frame METHODS OF COLLECTING INSECTS 333 insects from escaping. An improved form of this net consists of an outer sack with square in place of tapering bottom, the sack to be made out of cheesecloth, cotton cloth, or some such material. On the inside of this is fitted a short, funnel-shaped net made out of bobbinet or light cheesecloth. This net has an opening of about two inches at the bottom. In sweeping, the insects pass down through this opening between the two nets and are unable to es- cape. In this way great numbers of grass insects may be collected without stopping to remove them from the net. The insects may be stupefied by placing the entire net in a pail together with a piece of cotton saturated with ether. For aquatic collecting certain other types of nets are desirable, although the ordinary insect net may sometimes be used to advantage. Wato- dip net (Fig. 468). The frame of this type of net is usu- ally flattened on one side so as to allow the net to be manipulated Fig. 46S. A water dip net Fig. 469. A small dip net (After Packard) (After Howard) closer to the bottom. The net itself should be made of fine brass- wire netting, about twelve inches in diameter and of about the same depth. Fig. 469 shows a dip net with a flange, or lip, of tin or sheet iron, which is useful in dislodging aquatic larvae or insects from around stones, thick weeds, etc. TJie sag net (Fig. 470). This form of aquatic net is described by Professor James G. Needham, who is probably our best authority on aquatic insects, as follows : It consists of a ring of stout spring wire three to four feet in diameter, to which is attached a very shallow bag of bobbinet, and at one side is a handle only long enough to be held readily. It is intended to catch insects adrift in the stream, and is accompanied by an instrument for dislodging them. Such an instrument is figured below the net. It consists of a handle three or 334 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY four feet long, with a double hook at one side and a brush at the other side at its distal end. To illustrate the use of this apparatus, suppose we wish to collect the insects from the stones obstructing a brook. We place the net directly below the obstruction and in the current, and adjust it to the bottom by downward pressure on the handle with one hand, while with the other we rapidly overturn the stone and with a brush sweep free the clinging insects. These are driven by the current into the net, when it is then lifted and emptied. Fig. 470. Sag net, hook and brush for col- lecting in rapids (After Needham) An aquatic sieve net (Fig. 471). This net is intended to be used in stagnant water or on sandy bottoms where there is but httle vegetation. The frame consists of a Hght steel rod, sides of heavy tin or galvanized iron, and a bottom of fine brass or galvanized Fig. 471. An aquatic sieve net (After Needham) wire netting. When provided with a long handle, this net may be used from the shore, and is particularly recommended for burrowing nymphs of aquatic insects. Rake net. The rake net consists of an ordinary garden rake, with a stiff semicircle of wire fastened on the upper side of the rake above the teeth. This should be braced to the handle with another piece of wire. A net is then attached to the upper part of the rake and around the semicircle of wire. This is very useful in slightly weedy water, or where there is a large amount of debris on the bottom. When the bottom of a pond or stream is raked, the insects, nymphs, and small crustaceans are either entangled in the debris and brought to shore, or, in trying to escape the rake teeth, swim back into the net. The debris should be carefully METHODS OF COLLF-CTING INSECTS searched for any nymphs or larvae that may be entangled in it. This form of net is particularly useful in' collecting dragon-fly nymphs, and is much superior to the ordinary garden rake, which has often been recommended for this purpose. Cyanide bottle (Figs. 472 and 473). These bottles should be provided in at least three sizes, the largest with a di- ameter of two and one half inches or more, a smaller, straight- necked bottle with a diameter of an inch and a half, and an- other much smaller straight-necked bot- tle with a diameter of about half an inch. Before much collect- ing is done, the stu- dent will probably find it necessary to provide himself with two complete sets of these bottles, with possibly one or two extra of the smaller sizes. Cyanide bottles are made in the following manner : Place a few good-sized pieces of potassium cya- nide (a most deadly poison) in the bottom of each bottle, and cover the cyanide with dry plaster of Paris. (As the fumes of potassium cyanide are very poisonous, it should be handled with extreme care.) Then mix up a thick paste of plaster of Paris and water, and pour over the dry plaster in the bottles. Leave standing open for a few hours, until the water has evaporated Fig. 472. A cya- nide bottle for the pocket. (One half actual size) Fig. 473. A larger cyanide bottle with paper strips to give sup- port to the insects (After Banks) 336 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY and the plaster of Paris set. After this the bottle should always be kept corked, so as to retain the strength of the cyanide. The ad- vantage in putting the dry plaster of Paris in first is that it absorbs the moisture and will keep the bottle dry longer than if the wet plaster is poured directly over the cyanide. It will also be found advantageous to place a few strips of dry blotting paper in each cyanide bottle, as this serves the double purpose of helping to absorb the moisture and preventing the insects from shaking about. After the insects are caught in the net, they should be transferred to the cyanide bottle, which, if properly constructed, will stupefy them in a few seconds. Insects, especially beetles, should not be removed from the bottle for an hour, although Hymenoptera and Diptera will be killed within ten minutes. If the cyanide is too dry, it does not act so rapidly, and a few drops of soda water will greatly increase its efficiency. Very small cyanide bottles may be made by placing a piece of cyanide in the bottom, covered with cotton or blotting paper. If possible, only insects of the same size should be placed together in the cyanide bot- tles. Fragile insects, or those with scaly wings, should not be put in with the general collection. Chloroform bottle (Pig. 474). While not an absolute essential to the collecting of insects, the chloroform bottle will be found one of the most valuable assets, especially to the collector of Lepidoptera. One of the most convenient forms consists of a small-mouthed bottle, into the cork of which has been inserted a camel 's-hair brush. These will be found most useful in collecting very small insects or butterflies. In collecting very small insects, touching them with a brush moistened in chloroform is sufficient to kill them, and at the same time the insects will adhere to the brush and may thus be transferred to the storage botde or box. In collecting Lepidoptera the sides of the thorax should be moistened with the chloroform before placing them in the cyanide bottle. Fig. 474. Chloroform bottle with a brush stopper (After Banks) METHODS OP^ COLLKCTING INSECTS t^2>7 Another form of chloroform bottle suitable for stupefying large Lepidoptera is made by inserting a fine-pointed medicine dropper through the cork of the bottle. A few drops of chloroform can then be applied directly to the specimens, through the net, before they are removed. This will also be found convenient in collecting some of the larger Hymenoptera. Since the chloroform has a tendency to harden the specimens, only a sufficient amount should be used to stupefy the insects, which should immediately be placed in the cyanide bottle. Alcohol. This is another accessory that should be used in the field onl\- in collecting very small insects, such as Thysanura, very small larvae, Aphididae, etc. The alcohol outfit should consist of a number of small, straight-necked vials, fitted with cork stoppers, about half filled with 75 per cent alcohol. In addition to these vials the collector should have a larger bottle and brush, similar to the chloroform bottle described above. This bottle should contain 95 per cent of alcohol and 5 per cent of glycerin. The speci- mens are killed by touching them with the brush moistened in the 95 per cent alcohol, after which they are washed off into the bottle containing the weaker alcohol. The reason of this combination of two grades of alcohol is that many insects are protected with a waxy secretion which the weaker alcohol will not penetrate. Of course, specimens should not be collected in this way unless they are to be preserved permanently in some liquid medium. In collect- ing some Thysanura it may be found necessary to dispense with the glycerin, although it has a tendency to retain the color better than the alcohol alone. Collecting forceps. Wliile these are not absolutely essential to the field kit, it will be found convenient to have a pair of stout, broad-pointed forceps for handling stinging Hymenoptera, some beetles, and other insects that are liable to injure the collector. Fine-pointed forceps should also be taken along to handle very small insects, although a moistened camel's-hair brush will serve the same purpose. Hatchet and chisel. These tools will be found very useful in collecting wood-boring insects and their larvae. The marble safety ax stands in a class by itself, being far superior to anything else on the market for this purpose. Even in general collecting this ax will 338 ELEMENTARY ExNTOMOLOGY be found very useful for numerous purposes. In addition to the ax, many collectors always carry a chisel, but this will be found of but little advantage except in collecting wood-boring larvae. Receptacles for carrying insects. For general collecting, one should always carry a number of receptacles in which to place the insects as soon as they have been killed in the cyanide bottle. For Fig. 475. The paper envelope for Lepidoptera, and method of folding it /, first fold ; 2, second fold. (After Banks) METHODS OF COLLECTING INSECTS 339 this purpose ordinary pill boxes of various sizes are most conven- ient. Each box should be partly filled with crushed tissue paper, to prevent the insects from shaking about. Care should be taken not to place too many insects together. If the insects cannot be mounted at once, the date of collecting, the locality, and other notes may be written on the outside of the box. For very small insects gelatin capsules will prove more useful than the pill boxes. Large-sized capsules especially adapted to this purpose may be obtained of entomological supply companies or large drug houses. Glass bottles should never be used for this purpose, as the moisture from the bodies of the insects soon causes them to deteriorate, or otherwise injures the more delicate specimens. Also, cotton should not be used in the pill boxes or capsules, as the claws and delicate hairs of the insects become entangled and often broken off. Small paper envelopes will be found very useful in carrying Lepidoptera, but they should be packed in a tin or wooden box to prevent crushing. Collecting larvae. The method of collecting larvae depends somewhat upon the manner in which they are to be preserved. Small larvae, to be preserved in alcohol or mounted on slides, may be placed directly in the alcohol-glycerin solution, as indicated above. The larger forms, which are to be blown (see page 353), should be placed in tin boxes, together with a small amount of their food plant. Aquatic forms which it is desirous to keep alive must be packed in damp moss or damp paper, or else carried in a large, open receptacle filled with water. If placed in a bottle or tightly closed receptacle, they will soon die. One danger of carry- ing aquatic larvae or nymphs in water is that the larger forms will often destroy the smaller ones, especially if dragon-fly nymphs have been collected. There is much less liability of this occurring if the nymphs are packed in wet moss or paper. Insect traps. Many insects can be collected much more easily by means of traps than in any other way. These traps may consist of some form of light for attracting insects, some attractive food from which the insects may be collected as they come to it, or a trap that the insects will fall into. TJie funnel trap. The ordinary glass or tin funnel is fre- quently employed in trapping insects. One of the simplest ways 340 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY of using this is to fit a cyanide or alcohol bottle over the lower end of the funnel, and sink the bottle and funnel in the ground level with the surface. This is particularly useful along the coast or in sandy localities where ground beetles are numerous. This will prove more effective for carrion beetles if a dead fish, mouse, or piece of meat is strung on a wire and laid across the funnel. The funnel is also used in collecting very small insects, like Thysanura. The simplest method is to take an ordinary glass funnel, from twelve to twenty-four inches in diameter, and place a cork stopper in the lower end of the neck. The neck is to be partly filled with alcohol. The funnel should then be placed in a basin with straight sides, which is partly filled with water. The basin may be of tin or granite ware, of slightly smaller diameter than the top of the funnel, but deep enough so that the neck of the funnel does not rest on the bottom. If the funnel is not heavy enough to prevent floating, it may be held in position by strips of lead laid across the top. This apparatus should then be placed over a gas flame or some other even heat, and the temperature of the water raised to between sixty and one hundred degrees. Since alcohol evaporates so rapidly, it should not be placed in the funnel until the apparatus is ready for use. The mate- rial containing the insects, such as leaves, decayed wood, etc., is next placed in a sieve, the diameter of which is slightly smaller than that of the funnel. The sieve is then placed over the top of the funnel, and the insects, attracted by the heat, rapidly work their way through the material and drop down into the funnel. The insects are removed from the funnel by taking out the cork stopper and allowing the alcohol to run out into a bottle. A very convenient time to collect these small insects is during the early fall or winter. Cotton-cloth bags may be used to gather up the decaying leaves, wood, etc., which are then brought to the laboratory and the insects sorted out. Fig. 476. A simple lantern trap METHODS OF COLLECTING INSEC^TS 541 Many insects can be secured in the fall by providing suitable places in which they may hibernate, such as boards, old gunny sacks, etc. placed on the ground. Another method is to place strips of cloth or gimny sacks around the trunks of trees, and examine them frequently for insects. Light traps. Numerous forms of traps have been constructed, to take advantage of the habit of some insects of flying toward the light. One of the simplest of these traps (Fig. 476) is made by placing an ordinary lantern in a shallow pan eighteen or twenty inches in diameter and four inches deep. This apparatus is then placed on a stump, fence post, or other con- spicuous locality. The lantern is then lighted, and an inch or two of water, covered with a film of kerosene, is placed in the pan. Leave the trap overnight (the darker the better) and in the morn- ing remove the insects and place them in gasoline or benzine for a short time, to remove the kero- sene. They can then be laid on blotting paper, dried, and mounted in the usual way. Another method of using the trap lantern is to suspend a lantern above a large tin funnel with a diameter of twenty or twenty-four inches. At the bottom of the funnel is placed a cyanide bottle. The insects, particularly beetles, fly against the light and fall into the funnel and, the sides being smooth, roll down into the cyanide bottle. Other more elaborate arrangements may be fitted up, but either of the above forms will do for most cases. Baiting insects. This form of collecting is used principally in capturing moths and other insects that have a fondness for sweets. As usually practiced, the entomologist goes out just at SXTVS. Fig. 477. The Gillette trap light A lantern is hung over the mouth of the funnel 34^ ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY twilight with a mixture of sugar and rum, sugar and vinegar, or some such substance, which is painted on the trunks of trees. After an hour or so the trees are visited by the entomologist, who is armed with a dark lantern or a bicycle lantern. The moths are caught either by means of a net or by carefully approaching the tree and placing a large-mouthed cyanide bottle over the insects as they feed. Warm, cloudy nights are best for this work, although one is not always assured of success. If pieces of decaying fish, meat, or other animal matter are placed in a convenient locality and examined from time to time, large numbers of beetles may be collected. CHAPTER XXIV METHODS OF PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS The work of the entomologist is only just begun when the insects are collected. They must then be pinned, dried, and labeled, the latter including the identification, which in itself is no little matter. Mounting insects. Insects should be mounted as soon as pos- sible after being killed. When it is impossible to mount them immediately, put the insects in shallow pill boxes packed in tis- sue paper, and set in a warm place to dry. When ready to mount, remove the lid and place the box in a tight glass jar, together with a sponge dipped in camphor water. The insects should be left in this chamber for from 24 to 48 hours, when they can be mounted as usual. Insects should be mounted on insect pins. These are made especially for the purpose, are about an inch and a half in length, and range in size from No. 000, the most slender, up to No. 8, which is the largest. Nos. i, 2, and 3, however, will do for nearly Fig. 47S. Pinning forceps all purposes, with a few of No. 5 for the larger moths. No. 3 is large enough for almost all larger insects, and insects too small for No. I should be mounted on points. The pins may be obtained in either the black japanned or the plain white metal ; the latter, however, should be used only in mounting insects on points, as a green verdigris is produced near the insect, which corrodes the pin. The collector should be careful to have all the insects at the same distance from the head of the pin ; this not only makes the 343 344 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY collection look better, but also makes it much easier to handle and study. The general rule followed by entomologists is that one fourth of the pin shall project above the insect. For this purpose a pinning block is almost indispensable, t'^e construction of which will be readily understood by referring to t ig. 479. The lower hole should be one fourth the length of the pin in depth, the second, one half the length, and the third, three fourths the length. After the pin has been pushed through the insect, the head is inserted in the lower hole and the insect pushed down until the back touches the block. The second hole is for evening up the labels, and the third one for placing points on the pins. A great deal of skill is required in pinning insects properly. The specimen should be grasped by the thumb and forefinger Fig. 479. A pinning block and held very lightly in the groove formed between the tips of the thumb and forefinger while the pin is inserted in the proper place. Another method is to place the insects on some soft substance, as a folded handkerchief, and turning the insect ventral side down, insert the pin, finishing the operation on the pinning block. Since the different groups of insects present certain structural peculiarities, the following system of pinning the members of different orders has gradually been formed. (The directions for mounting on points and slides are given below.) Thysanura and Collembola. All of the smaller species are mounted on microscope slides ; the larger forms are pinned through the metathorax, A very fine wire is run entirely through the body, to serve as a support. In the case of the Thysanura, this should be inserted just underneath the long, median setae and run forward well into the thorax. If the end is left projecting, it may be made to serve as a support for the posterior setae. PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS 345 May-flies, dragon-flies, and stone-flies. The pin is inserted in the metathorax, and a fine wire run from the end of the body into the thorax. In the case of the May-flies this wire should be left projecting to serve as a s' )ort for the posterior setae, which should be attached to the wire. The wings of both the May-flies and dragon-flies should be spread. This is done by means of a spreading board. Spreading boards. Fig. 480 shows the construction of a simple spreading board. Two soft-pine boards are placed parallel on short crosspieces, the boards being at a slight angle to each other. The edges of the board should be from one sixteenth to one half an inch apart, depending on the size of the insects to be mounted, A thin sheet of cork is glued to the underside of the boards. When the spread- ing board is used, the insect is pinned in the ordinary man- ner and the pin is then forced through the sheet of cork until the dorsal portion of the insect is nearly level with the upper surface of the boards. The spreading board, of course, must be selected with a groove wide enough to accommodate the body of the insect. After being placed on the spreading board, the wings of the insect are brought forward and held in position by narrow strips of paper or tracing cloth, as shown in the illustration. Glass-headed pins are handy for pinning the strips. The spreading board is then set away until the insect is thoroughly dry. In the case of the May-flies the front margins of the first pair of wings are brought forward until they are at right angles with the body. In the case of the dragon-flies the hind margins of the first pair of wings should be at right angles to the body. In pinning stone-flies, usually only the wings of the right side are spread, Fig. 4S0. Board showing method of spreading Lepidoptera. (Reduced) 346 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 481. Showing method of pinning Orthoptera (After Washburn) although some entomologists spread the wings on both sides. The front margins of the hind pair of wings should be at right angles to the body, the front pair being brought forward until they just touch the hind pair. Platyptera. White ants are usually mounted in alcohol, or on microscope slides, although the winged forms may be pinned through the metathorax. The wings are seldom spread. Book- lice are mounted either on points or on microscope slides, while bird-lice are invariably mounted on microscope slides. Earwigs are mounted on points, or, in the larger forms, the pin is inserted through the anterior portion of the right wing-cover. Orthoptera (Fig. 481). In the ordinary grasshopper, and in those forms having the prono- tum well developed, the pin is usually inserted through the posterior margin of the pronotum. In forms in which the pronotum is not well developed the pin is run through the metathorax. The wings may or may not be spread, but the usual method is to spread the wings on the right side of the body. Care should be taken to arrange the legs and antennae, the latter being laid back over the body, if possible. The legs may be held in position by running the pin through a square of stiff paper, which is brought up to the proper distance and the legs kept in a natural position until dry. Hemiptera (Fig. 482). All of the larger He- miptera are pinned through the metathorax ; the smaller forms, with the exception of the Aphididae and scale insects, are mounted on points. The two latter groups require special methods of mounting. The Aphididae are frequently mounted by plac- ing them on a glass slide and covering them with a drop of Canada balsam dissolved in xylol. They are allowed to stand for twenty- four hours, when a small amount of fresh balsam is applied, and Fig. 482. Showing method of pinning Hemiptera (After Washburn) PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS 347 the specimens covered with a cover glass. This method is far from satisfactory, as the balsam soon clouds, but at present it is the only thing that can be recommended as a permanent mount. Two methods are employed in mounting scale insects. The entire scales are mounted by taking a thin strip of bark on which is found a colony of scales, and after leaving it in the cyanide bottle for twenty-four hours, it is placed between two pieces of celluloid. The two plates of celluloid are held apart by a cell cut out of cardboard, and the entire mount sealed with passe-partout tape. The thickness of the cell depends upon the thickness of the piece of bark to be mounted. It will be found very convenient to have these cells cut the size of an ordinary microscope slide. This form of mounting will do only for very superficial study, and some of the scales must be cleared and mounted in balsam. This is done bv removing the scales from the bark and, in the case of the armored or flat scales, removing the insects from under the scales and placing them in a small test tube with caustic potash solution. These should be boiled until clear, the length of time depending upon the thickness of the scales. They are then washed in water by sedimentation ; that is, the test tube is filled with water and held in a vertical position until the scales have settled to the bot- tom. The water is then nearly all drawn off with a pipette, and the process is repeated. After all of the caustic potash has been re- moved, they are washed in 95 per cent alcohol and cleared in xylol. They should then be removed to a glass slide by means of a camel's-hair brush, and mounted in balsam. Since the last seg- ment of the abdomen, the pygidium, is the only part of the insect used in classification, this is all that it is necessary to mount. Neuroptera, Mecoptera, and Tricoptera. These forms are all pinned through the metathorax ; the wings may or may not be spread, but it is usually best to spread the wings at least on one side of the body, the hind borders of the front pair of wings being brought fonvard at right angles to the body. Lepidoptera (Fig. 480). In mounting Lepidoptera the pin is run through tli,e mesothorax or metathorax ; the wings are always spread, the front pair being brought forward until the hind margins are at right angles to the body. This rule is invariably followed both with the moths and butterflies. The smaller forms are usually 348 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 483. Showing method of pinning Coleoptera (After Washburn) mounted on elbow pins, or on bits of fine silver wire {mimitien- nadclji), which are stuck through bits of cork or pith and pinned like a cardboard point. Diptera. In the Diptera the pin is run through the central part of the thorax, and the wings, if not spread, should be extended. In the long-legged flies, as the crane-fly, the legs should be supported until the specimen is dry. In fact, it is not a bad idea to place a permanent piece of cardboard on the pins hold- ing such specimens. The smaller Diptera are usually mounted on wire or cardboard points. Coleoptera (Fig. 483). All of the larger Cole- optera are pinned through the anterior inner portion of the right wing-cover. The wings are never spread, and but little attention need be given the specimens after pin- ning, as the legs usually adjust themselves. The smaller forms are mounted on cardboard points and should be glued on the side to reveal the undersurface. Hymenoptera (Fig. 484). These are pinned through the metathorax ; the wings may or may not be spread. Some of the more slender forms, as the Ichneumon-flies, require a support until they are dry. Many of the parasitic Hymenoptera are mounted on slides in Canada balsam, but the usual way is to mount on points, either cardboard or wire. Mounting insects on points. General directions have al- ready been given for mounting insects on points. It may be well, however, to men- tion some of the different types of points used in mounting insects-. Micro-pins (Fig. 486, d) are largely used for mounting Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, and Diptera. These micro-pins {miniiticii-^iadehi) Fig. 4S4. Showing method of pinning Hymenoptera (After Washburn) Fig. 485. Point punch PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS 549 consist of very fine pieces of steel wire, and may be run through narrow strips of cork, pieces of paper, or small squares of cork, as shown in Fig. 486, b, d, and c. Elbow pins (Fig. 486, c) present a neater appearance than the micro-pins, and may be obtained of entomological supply companies. ^ ^fE2^ f Fig. 486. Method of mounting insects on points rt, with a cardboard point ; b, micro-pin in corlv ; c\ elbow pin ; i/, micro-pin in paper ; e, micro-pin in side ; /, double point. (After Banks) Most small Hemiptera and Coleoptera (Fig. 487) are mounted on small, triangular points cut from light Bristol board. Punches (Fig. 485) may be secured to cut these points accurately. In mounting, the point is first placed on the pin at the required height. The end of the point is next dipped in gum shellac dis- solved in alcohol and then touched to the ventral side of the insect. The insect will adhere to the point, and should be arranged in position with fine needles and forceps. The insect is mounted so that when the point is directed to the left, the head of the insect is away from the person. For insects having long bodies a double point should be used, as shown in Fig. 486,/. Whether micro-pins or points are used, care should be taken not to obscure more of the insect than is absolutely necessary. Labeling. All specimens should be labeled as soon as possible after pinning. The label should consist of the name of the town and state, on the first line, and the date of collecting, on the Fig. 487. Method of glu- ing beetle on paper point (After Banks) 350 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY second line ; some entomologists have the name of the collector on the third line. These labels should be printed in diamond type on the best paper procurable, and may be had for from twenty-five to thirty cents a thousand. In having labels printed, the space for the date should be left blank, to be filled in later. Only the best India ink and very fine crow-quill pens should be used. Below the locality label should be the accession number, the collection being numbered serially and each insect given a separate number, unless two or more of the same species were collected under the same conditions. The accession number should refer to the collector's notes, in which everything known about the insect is recorded. The date and place of collecting should again be re- corded and the food plant or nature of the locality where the insect was found, etc. Arrangement of insects. For the permanent storage of insect collections two general types of box are used. One consists of large glass-top drawers, about fifteen by eighteen inches, which fit into cabinets. The other type consists of separate boxes, with cork bottoms. For the beginner the latter type is probably the better. Numerous boxes are on the market, made from both cardboard and wood, the latter, of course, being far superior to the cardboard. In selecting insect boxes care must be taken to obtain those having tight-fitting lids. This is absolutely essential in order to keep out certain Dermestid beetles, which, if they gain access to the collection, will quickly destroy it. Further precaution against these insects should be taken by placing flake naphthalene in the boxes. By far the best on the market is the Schmitt box (Fig. 488). This comes in two sizes, twelve by fifteen inches and eight and one half by fifteen inches, and is lined with pressed cork. In using the drawers, the insect pins are stuck into small blocks of wood, or into a lining of sheet cork, by means of pinning forceps (Fig. 478). The blocks^ are cut to a uniform length and are made in multiple width. The width of the blocks used depends on the size of the insects and the number of specimens of each species. The advantage of this system is that it allows an indefinite amount of expansion of a collection, without necessitating the transfer of each individual insect. 1 See Comstock's "Insect Life." PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS 151 Whether the boxes or drawers are used, all of the specimens of one species should be kept together, which plan should be followed out in genera, families, and orders. ■S^Sm^SSSBSSSSSSSSSSSSSS Fig. 48S. A Schmitt insect box, opened to show arrangement of insects (After Banks) Mounting insects on slides. Directions have already been given for the mounting of aphides and scale insects. The directions given for mounting scale insects may be used for mounting legs 352 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY or other hard parts of insects, where nothing but the chitinous portion is desired. For most purposes, however, such as mount- ing the legs of bees for laboratory use, or mounting small, hard-bodied insects, the following method will be found more desirable. The insect or part of the insect to be mounted should first be placed in 85 per cent alcohol. This rule applies to mounting both fresh specimens and material previously preserved in alcohol or glycerin. After the insect has become thoroughly saturated, it should be transferred to 95 per cent alcohol and left for an hour or longer. The specimens should then be transferred to xylol and left until the alcohol is entirely replaced. The insect should then be placed in the center of the slide, the excess of xylol removed with a piece of blotting paper, and a drop of Canada balsam placed over the insect. The balsam should then be warmed slightly over an alcohol lamp, and a cover glass placed over it. Care must be taken not to get on more balsam than is necessary to cover the insect and fill out the space under the cover glass. For the be- ginner there is less liability of having air bubbles in the mount if the balsam is first placed on the slide and the insect laid on after- wards. However, it is much more difficult to arrange the wings and legs of the insect if mounted in this way. Preserving material in liquids. Directions have already been given for collecting small, soft-bodied insects in liquid. When this material is first brought into the laboratory, it should be thoroughly washed in 50 per cent alcohol and then transferred to 85 per cent alcohol. If the specimens are large, soft-bodied larvae, or insects of considerable size, the alcohol should be changed at least ^nce before permanently storing the specimens. For permanently storing alcoholic material small, straight-necked vials will be found the most convenient. These should be of one-, two-, and four- dram sizes and fitted with the best cork stoppers procurable. The bottles should be numbered and labeled as in pinned insects, the labels being written on strips of good linen paper in India ink, which must be absolutely waterproof. These should be placed inside the bottles with the specimens. Numerous trays have been devised for holding alcoholic material, the one shown in Fig. 489 being very satisfactory. An improvement of this tray consists in PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS 353 having either end extend up above the top of the bottles. This allows the trays to be stacked one above another without injuring the bottles. Numerous substitutes for alcohol have been employed, of which a 4 per cent solution of formaldehyde is probably the best, as it is cheaper, tends to preserve the color, and does not harden the Fig. 4S9. The Marx tray for specimens in liquid specimens. This, however, is not much superior to alcohol, and in many cases shrinks the specimens more than alcohol would. Material intended for dissection may be treated as above, but if alcohol is used, should be permanently preserved in 70 to 85 per cent alcohol, to which 10 percent of glycerin has been added. Inflating insect larvae. The larvae of most of the Diptera, Coleoptera, and Hymenoptera are preserved in alcohol, as noted above. It has been found, however, that lepidopterous larvae may be preser\^ed much better by inflating them, the method of which is as follows : The lan^ae are brought to the laboratory alive, and when ready to be inflated are killed or stupefied in a cyanide bottle. This method will be found much better than killing the lar\'ae in the field, as they should be blown as soon as possible after they are killed. Remove the larva from the cyanide bottle and place it on a piece of blotting paper. A glass tube or pencil is next rolled over the body from the head toward the tip of the abdomen. This causes the alimentary tract to protrude, which is then snipped off at the anus by a pair of sharp-pointed scissors. Fig. 490. Homemade apparatus for inflating larvae (After Washburn) 354 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Fig. 491. Method of mounting inflated larvae (After Washburn) The rolling is then continued until the entire contents of the body have been forced out through the posterior end. A straw or a glass tube which has been drawn out to a fine point is next in- serted through the open- ing. This may in turn be attached to a rubber tube and bulb, or the larva may be inflated by blow- ing gently through the tube. In order to keep the specimen on the end of the tube, it should be allowed to dry for a few minutes. To thoroughly dry the skin it is kept distended inside a glass lamp chimney, which rests in a pan of sand over a gas or alcohol flame, as shown in Fig. 490. When the skin is thor- oughly dried, it is removed from the glass tube and may then be mounted on an elbow pin by bending the point of the elbow into a loop, which is dipped into glue and inserted into the opening in the abdomen. Another method is shown in Fig. 491. Dissecting instruments. The number of different instmments required for the study of the anatomy of insects is not great. However, owing to the small size of the specimens studied, the instruments should be of the very best material. Forceps. Forceps should be of two kinds, curved-pointed and straight-pointed (Fig. 492). Both pairs should have very fine points which are slightly roughened. Scissors. Curved scissors will be found very useful in carrying on minute dissecting work, the difficulty being to secure a pair that will cut entirely to the point. In using the fine- pointed scissors, care must be exercised not to strain them by cutting too thick objects, ^^ Scalpels. These are of less importance in JJr''veSpoinL''d'lnd entomological work than in most other forms straight-pointed PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS 355 of dissecting, but two or three scalpels of various shapes will be found useful. The short, curved, sickle-shaped scalpel will be used in general dissection more than any other. A^ccdles. These are really of more importance than the scalpel. They may be made by forcing the eye of an ordinary needle into a small stick about the size of a lead pencil. Much more satisfac- tory needle handles may be secured of the supply companies, with arrangements for removing and exchanging the needle. One should be -provided with three of four of these needle holders and a num- ber of needles bent into various shapes, — hooks of different sizes, and curved and straight needles. Brus/ics. An assortment of camel's-hair brushes will be found useful on the dissecting table. J^iJis. For holding the dissected specimens in position ordinary insect pins will be found most convenient. The larger sizes, Nos. 4, 6, and 8, are well adapted for minute dissection. A few large pins with black glass heads will also be found useful for heavier work. Microscopes and lenses. Every collector should be provided with at least one good pocket lens. For most work a half-inch lens, procurable of any microscope supply company, will be found suf- ficient. For very small insects, however, a one-fourth-inch lens will be found much better. Dissecting microscopes are almost an essential if careful work in insect anatomy is to be done. V'arious types of these are sold by all optical companies. Compound microscopes are essential for very minute work, but for studying the general anatomy of insects they can be more easily dispensed with than the dissecting microscope. Dissecting trays. Dissecting trays, as found on the market, con- sist of shallow tin or porcelain trays ranging in size from four by five to twelve by fifteen inches, with a depth of from one to three inches. The bottoms of these trays are usually covered with paraffin or bees- wax, so that the specimens may be pinned out under water. Home- made trays may be constructed by obtaining tin pans of the proper size, and having two or three short pieces of wire soldered to the bottom. The ends of the wire should be left projecting, so that when hot paraffin or beeswax is poured into the pan, the wire will hold it firmly in place and prevent it from floating when in use. 356 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY This sort of dissecting tray works very well for rough dissection, where nothing more than a hand lens is required. It has the objection, however, of the projecting sides, which frequently pre- vent one from manipulating the dissecting instruments as desired. By far the most successful dissecting tray for insect work that we have used is made as follows : A glass plate four by five inches is thoroughly washed in alcohol in order to remove all traces of dirt. This is then placed in a shallow pan which has been previously coated with vaseline or oil. A mixture of four parts paraffin and one part beeswax is next poured over the glass plate to a depth of about one inch. After this is thoroughly cool, it is re- moved from the pan and the paraffin trimmed off to the edge of the glass plate. A trough is scraped out in the center of the plate to accommodate the body of the insect to be dissected. After a little experience one can very quickly regulate the size and shape of this trough to the best advantage. A sufficient amount of par- affin should be left be- neath the insect to permit of its being firmly pinned in position. The work will also be greatly facilitated if glycerin, to which an excess of chloral hydrate has been added, is used as a dissecting medium in place of water. This form of tray has a number of distinct advan- tages. In the first place, the work can be carried on entirely with the dissecting microscope, or even a low power of the compound microscope. There are no projecting sides to interfere with the manipulation of the instruments, and if the dissection is not Fig. 493. The Riley breeding cage PRESERVING AND STUDYING INSECTS ;57 completed, it may be temporarily sealed by covering with a glass plate which is firmly pressed in position. The glycerin has many distinct advantages over water, its density holding the more delicate structures in position, and at the same time it has a higher index of refraction. Plates of vari- ous sizes and depths may be easily con- structed to meet different requirements. Rearing insects. If one wishes to study the life history of insects, or if desirous of procuring especially fine specimens, by far the best method is to rear them under artificial conditions. In this work an at- tempt must always be made to simulate natural conditions as closely as possible. There is less liability of the larvae being parasitized if they are placed in a breed- ing cage when quite small. Numerous breeding cages have been constructed for the purpose of rearing larvae. Of these, one of the best is shown in Fig. 493. This consists of a frame with a glass door on one side, the other three sides being covered with cheesecloth. If possible, the food plant is placed in a flowerpot inside the breeding cage. If this is impracticable, twigs and branches can be placed in the cage in bottles of water, the top of the bottle being stuffed full of cotton to prevent the lar- vae from drowning. Another simple breed- ing cage for smaller insects is made b}- placing a lantern globe or lamp chimney, the top of which is covered with a square of cheesecloth, over the food plant (Fig. 494) in a flowerpot. The food material should be changed frequently, so that it may be kept fresh and sufficient. For rearing large quantities of larvae an open tray three by five feet is most convenient. (After washbum) Fig. 494. A lamp-chimney breeding cage (After Banks) Fig. 495. A simple aqua- rium for aquatic larvae 358 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY .The sides of the tray are made of Hght six-inch boards, and the bottom is formed by a piece of cheesecloth. Four-inch strips are next tacked to the top of the tray, so that they project inward around it. The inside of the projecting ledge formed by the four- inch strips is coated with tanglefoot. The food and the larvae are placed in the tray on the cheesecloth. The larvae are easily ob- served all the time, and the food material may be quickly changed, while the tanglefoot prevents the escape of the larvae. The larvae, however, are not protected from parasites, and the pupae must be removed and placed in tight cages before the adults emerge. Aquatic larvae and nymphs may be reared in any suitable aquarium {Fig. 495), but only larvae of the same size should be kept together, and care should be taken to separate those which are predacious upon one another. Numerous cages for the study of special insects have been devised, as the Comstock root-cage, devices for studying the life history of ants, the limb cage for rearing insects out of doors in their natural habitat, and the breeding cage for parasites (Fig. 496). For further methods, consult the following books : L. O. Howard, The Insect Book. (Doubleday, Page & Co.) W. J. Holland, The Moth Book. (Doubleday, Page & Co.) V. L. Kellogg, American Insects. (Henry Holt and Company) J. H. and A. B. Comstock, Insect Life. (D. Appleton & Co.) Fig. 496. Breeding cage for parasites (After Banks) APPENDIX r. DEALERS IN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES The American Entomological Co., 55 Stuyvesant Ave., Brooklyn, N.Y. The Kny-Scheerer Co., 404 West Twenty-seventh St., New York City The Entomological Society of Ontario, Guelph, Ontario M. Abbott Frazer, 93 Sudbury St., Boston, Mass. A. Smith and Sons, 269 Pearl St., New York City Charles C. Reidy, 432 Montgomery St., San Francisco, Cal. The Simplex Net Co., Ithaca, N.Y. (Nets.) Bausch and Lomb, Rochester, N.Y. (Microscopes, lenses, instruments, etc.) Queen & Co., 10 10 Chestnut St., Philadelphia, Pa. (Microscopes, lenses, instru- ments, etc.) The Spencer Lens Co., Buffalo, N.Y. (Microscopes, lenses, instruments, etc.) The Wiegner Printery, 2234 North Twenty-ninth St., Philadelphia, Pa. (Labels.) C. V. Blackburn, 32 Chestnut St., Stoneham, Mass. (Labels.) II. ADDRESSES OF STATE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATIONS AND OF STATE ENTOMOLOGISTS Alabama, Auburn Iowa, Ames Arizona, Phoenix Kansas, Manhattan Arkansas, Fayetteville Kentucky, Lexington California, Berkeley Louisiana, Baton Rouge Colorado, Fort Collins Maine, Orono Connecticut, New Haven Maryland, College Park Delaware, Newark Massachusetts, Amherst Florida, Gainesville Michigan, East Lansing Georgia, State Entomologist, Atlanta Minnesota, St. Anthony Park Hawaii, Honolulu Mississippi, Agricultural College Idaho, Moscow Missouri, Columbia Illinois, State Entomologist, LIrbana Montana, Bozeman Indiana, Lafayette Nebraska, Lincoln State Entomologist, Indianapolis Nevada, Reno 359 36o ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY New Hampshire, Durham Pennsylvania, State Zoologist, Harris- New Jersey, New Brunswick burg New Mexico South Carolina, Clemson College New York, Geneva South Ju ta, Brookings Cornell University Agricultural Ex- Tennessee, Knoxville periment Station, Ithaca Texas, College Station State Entomologist, Albany, N.Y. Utah, Logan North Carolina, West Raleigh Virginia. Blacksburg State Entomologist, Raleigh Washington, Pullman North Dakota, Agricultural College West Virginia, Morgantown Ohio, Wooster Wisconsin, Madison Oklahoma, Stillwater United States Department of Agri- Oregon, Corvallis culture, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C. in. A LIST OF BOOKS FOR THE REFERENCE LIBRARY General Extomologv COMSTOCK, J. H. A Manual for the Study of Insects. (Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, N.Y., 1895.) Comstock, J. H. and A. B. Insect Life. (D. Appleton & Co., New York City, 1 90 1.) FoLSOM, J. W. Entomology, with Special Reference to its Biological and Eco- nomic Aspects. (J. B. Lippincott and Co., Philadelphia, Pa.. 1906.) Howard, L. O. The Insect Book. (Doubleday, Page & Co., New York, 1904.) Kellogg, V. L. American Insects. (Henry Holt and Co., New York, 1905-1908.) Packard, A. S. A Text-Book on Entomology. (The Macmillan Company, New York, 1898.) Sharp, D. The Cambridge Natural History. Insects. 2 vols. (The Macmillan Company, London, 1895- 1899.) (The works of Folsom, Kellogg, and Packard above are especially strong con- cerning the anatomy of insects.) Butterflies and Moths {Lepidoptera) Comstock, J. H. How to Know the Butterflies. (D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1904.) French, G. H. The Butterflies of the Eastern United States. (J. B. Lippin- cott and Co., Philadelphia, 1886.) APPENDIX 361 Holland, W.J The Butterfly Book. (Doubleday. Page & Co., New York, 1905.) The Moth Book. (Doubl'^day, Page & Co., New York, 1903.) Eliot, Ida M., and S<, ...M, Caro G., Caterpillars and their Moths. (The Century Co., 1902.) DiCKERSOX, Mary C, Moths and Butterflies. (Ginn and Company, Boston, 1905.) Economic Entomology Smith, J. B. Economic Entomology. (J. B. Lippincott and Co., Philadelphia, 1896.) Sanderson, E. D. Insects Injurious to Staple Crops. (John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1902.) Insect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard. (John Wiley and Sons, New York, 191 2.) Chittenden, F. H. Insects Injurious to \'egetables. (Orange Judd Co., New York, 1907.) Saunders, Wm. Insects Injurious to Fruits. (J. B. Lippincott and Co., Philadelphia, Pa., 18S3.) INDEX Abdomen, 7, 11, 25, 282; of female, 283 ; of male, 282 Acalypterae, 325 Acanthidae, 114, 135, 309 Accessory organs of digestion, 291 Acrididae, 81, 308 Actia luna, 215 Aculeata, 274 Adalia bipunctata, 162 Adephaga, 137, 171, 312 Adult, 53,- 56 Aeschnidae, 306 Agaristidae, 318 Agrionidae. 306 Agromyzidae, 327 Alaus oculatus, 146 Alcohol, 337 Aletia argillacia, 202 Aleyrodidae, 311 Allorhina nitida, 152 Ambush-bugs, 114, 135, 309 American acridium, 83 Ampelophaga myron, 211 Amphibolips spongifica, 247 Anals, 24 Anasa tristis, 50, 121 Anatomy of insects, internal, 28 Andrenidae, 267, 274, 321 Angumois grain-moth, 186 Anisophaeridae, 305 Anisoptera, 306 Anisota rubicunda, 212 Anopheles, 223 Anosia plexippus, 179 Antennae, 7, 1 1 Anthomyiidae, 238, 242, 328 Anthonomus grandis, 168 Anthonomus signatus, 16S Anthrenus scrophularia, 143 Antlered maple worm, 195 Ant-lions, 93, 307 Ants, 243, 254, 274, 303, 320 ; habits of, 255; relation of, to aphids, 255 Aorta, :i^ Apanteles, 251 Aphides, 107, 127 Aphididae, 127, 135, 311 Aphis-lions, 92 Aphis maidi-radicis, 129 Aphis pomi, 129 Aphodius, 150 Aphoruridae, 306 Apiculture, 271 Apidae, 267, 269, 274, 321 Apina, 266, 274, 321 Apple leaf-hqpper, 125 Apple-leaf trumpet miner, 185 Apple-maggot, 239 Aptera, 73, 303 Aquatic bugs, 135 Aquatic sieve net, 334 Arachnida, 7 Aradidae, 309 Archips cerasivorana, 187 Archips rosaceana, 186 Arctiidae, 207, 217, 318 Argentine ant, 259 Argynnids, 182 Arilus cristatus, 112 Arista, 231 Armored scales, 132 Army-worm, 202 Arrangement of insects, 350 Arthropoda, 6 ; types of, 284 Articulata, 6 Asilidae, 230, 242, 323 Asparagus beetles, i 53 Assassin-bugs, 112, 135, 309 Atropidae, 307 Australian ladybird, 163 Autographa brassicae, 202 Automeris io, 213 Back-swimmers, 135, 309 Bacteria, 3 Bag-worm moths, 319 Baiting insects, 341 Bark-beetles, 170, 171, 313 Bark-lice, 307 Barnacles, 7 Bat-ticks, 242, 329 Bean-weevils, 313 Bedbugs, 114, 135, 309 Bee-bread, 274 Bee-flies, 231, 242, 323 Bee-lice, 242, 329 364 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Bee-moth, 189, 217 Bees, 5, 243, 266, 274, 321 Beetles, 5, 136; families of, 137 Belostomidae, 109, 135, 309 Bembecia marginata, 193 Bembecidae, 262, 274, 321 Bembecids, 274 Beneficial insects, 2 Berytidae, 120, 135, 310 Bibionidae, 323 Big-eyed flies, 325 Bill-bugs, 169, 171, 313 Bird-lice, 303, 307 ; biting, 106 Blackberry-gall, 247 Black damsel-bug, 114 Black-flies, 226, 242, 323 Blattidae, 77, 308 Blepharoceridae, 226 Blister-beetles, 166, 171, 311 Blond damsel-bug, 114 Blood, :i3 Blood vessels, 32 Blow-flies, 236 Blue-bottle flies, 236 Body covering of locust, 275 Body structure, 10 Boll weevil, 2 Bollworm, 202 Bombyliidae, 231, 242, 323 Bombyx mori, 212 Book-lice, 105, 307 Borboridae, 327 Boring hymenoptera, 244, 274 Bot-flies, 233, 242, 32S Box-elder bug, 121 Brachycera, 229, 242, 323 Braconidae, 250, 274, 320 Braconid-flies, 250, 274 Brain, 37 Braulidae, 240, 242, 329 Bristletails, 73, 74 Brown ant, 250 Brown-tail moth, 204 Bruchidae, 158, 171, 313 Brushes, 355 Bud-borers, 217 Buffalo-moth, 143 Buffalo tree-hopper, 124 Bumble-bee, 270; flower-beetle, 152 Buprestidae, 146, 171, 312 Burying-beetles, 142 Butterflies, 5, 172, 174, 217 ; four-footed, 179 Cabbage aphis, 129 Cabbage butterfly, 178: 300 Cabbage looper, 202 life history of. Cabbage-maggot, 238 Caddis-flies, 93, 307 Caecal tubes, 31 • Calandra granaria, 169 Calandra oryza, 169 Calandridae, 169, 171, 313 Callosamia promethia, 216 Calopterygidas, 306 Calosoma scrutator, 139 Calypterae, 328 Campodeidae, 305 Camponotidae, 256, 274, 320 Camponotus pennsylvanicus, 256 Capsidae, 117, 135, 310 Carabidae, 138, 171, 312 Carnivorous beetles, 137, 171 Carpenter-ant, 256 Carpenter-bee, 269 Carpenter-moths, 191, 217, 319 Carpet-beetle, 143 Carrion-beetles, 142, 171, 312 Catocala, 203 Cecidomyia, strobiloides, 228 Cecidomyiidae, 228, 242, 321 Cecropia moth, 215 Celery caterpillar, 175 Centipedes, 8 Cephalothorax, 7 Cerambycidae, 158, 171, 313 Ceratocampidae, 319 Cerci, 26 Cercopidae, 125, 135, 311 Ceresa bubalus, 124 Chain-dotted geometer, 197 Chalcididae, 253, 274, 320 Chalcis-flies, 253, 274 Checkered-beetles, 313 Cherry-tree leaf-roller, 1S7 Chestnut weevils, 16S Chilocorus bivulnerus, 162 Chinch-bug, 120, 135, 310 Chironomidae, 224, 242, 323 Chitin, 27, 276 Chloroform bottle, 336 Chrysalis, 48 Chrysididae, 320 Chrysomelidae, 153, 171, 313 Chrysomyia macellaria, 236 Chrysopidae, 92, 307 Cicadas, 122, 135, 311 Cicadidae, 122, 135, 311 Cicindelidae, 137, 171, 312 Cigar case-bearer, 185 Cingilia catenaria, 197 Circulatory system, 32, 293 Classification, 67, 302 Clavicornia, 141, 171, 312 Clear-winged moths, 192, 217, 319 INDEX 365 Cleridae, 313 Click-beetles, 144. 171, 312 Close-wings, 190, 217 Clothes moths, 1S6, 217 Clouded sulphur butterfly, 178 Clover-hay worm, 188 Club-horned beetles, 141, 171 . Coccidae, 129, 135, 311 Coccinella 9-notata, 162 Coccinellidae, 68, 161, 171, 313 Cockroaches, 77, 308 Cocoon, 48, 60 Codling moth, 1S7 Coleoptera, 136, 304, 311 ; families of, 311; mounting of, 348 Coleoptera genuina, 137, 171 Collecting belt, 331 Collecting coat, 330 Collecting forceps, 337 Collecting insects, methods of, 330 Collecting larvae, 339 Collembola, 74, 305 ; mounting of, 344 Colorado potato-beetle, 153 Complete metamorphosis, 57 Conopidae, 232, 242, 325 Cordulegasteridae, 306 Cordyluridae, 325 Coreidae, 121, 135, 310 Corimelaenidae, 116 Coriscus ferus, 1 14 Coriscus subcoleoptratus, 114 Corisidae, 135, 309 Corn root-aphis, 129 Corrodentia, 307 Corydalus cornuta, 90 Cossidae, 191, 217, 319 Costa, 24 Cotton-boll weevil, 168 Cotton square-borer, 179 Cotton-stainer, 1 19 Cottony maple scale, 132 Coxa, 22 Crabs, 7 Crambinae, 190 Crane-flies, 220, 242, 321 Crayfish, 7 Crickets, 85, 305 ; music of, 86 Crop, 30 Croton bug, 77 Crustacea, 6, 7 Cubitus, 24 Cuckoo-flies, 320 Cucujidae, 143, 171 Cucujus clavipes, 143 Culicidae, 222, 242, 321 Curculionidae, 167, 171, 313 Curculios, 167, 171, 313 Currant-borer, 193 Currant span-worm, 199 Currant worms, 245 Cutworms, 200 Cyanide bottle, 335 Cydia pomonella, 187 Cydnidae, 310 Cynipidae, 246, 247, 320 Cyrtidae, 323 Damsel-bug, 114, 135, 310 Damsel-flies, 98, 306 Darkling-beetles, 165, 171, 311 Datana ministra, 194 Dermestes lardarius, 144 Dermestidae, 144, 171, 312 Dermestid-beetles, 171 Dexidae, 328 Diaphania hyalinata, 1S8 Diaphania nitidalis, 188 Diastictis ribearia, 199 Diastrophus nebulosus, 247 Differential locust, 53, 82 ; habits of, 54 Digestive system, 29, 290 Digger-wasps, 260, 274, 320 Diopsidae, 327 Diptera, 18, 218, 305, 321 ; characteris- tics of, 218 ; mounting of, 34S ; sum- mary of, 242 Diptera genuina, 219, 242 Dissecting instruments, 354 Dissecting trays, 335 Diving-beetles, 140 Divisions of body, 276 Dixa-midges, 226 Dixidae, 226 Dobsons, 90, 306 Dog-day harvest-fly, 122 Dolichopodidae, 231, 323 Dragon-flies, 98, 306; mounting of, 345 Dragon-fly, life history of the, 299 Drasteria erechtea, 200 Drosophila, 239 Drosphilidae, 327 Dynastes tityrus, 152 Dysdercus suturellus, 119 Dytiscidae, 140, 171, 312 Earwigs, 87, 307 Echinoderms, 5 Ecology, 2 Egg, 45, 50; laying, 56, 63 ; mass, 58 Elateridae, 144, 171, 312 Elbow pins, 348 Elm leaf-beetle, 1 54 Elytra, 24 Embryology, 1 1 Emesidae, 113, 135, 309 Empididae, 323 366 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Empoasca mali, 125 Empoasca rosae, 125 Empodium, 22 Enchenopa binotata, 124 Engraver-beetles, 170, 171 Entomobryidae, 305 Ephemerida, 95, 304, 306 Ephydridae, 327 Epicauta vittata, 166 Epilachne, 163 Epitrix fuscula, 156 Eriocampa cerasi, 245 Esophagus, 30 Eumenes fraternus, 264 Eumenidae, 263, 274, 320 Euphoria inda, 152 Euplexoptera, 87, 304, 30S Euproctis chrysorrhoea, 204 Euvanessa antiopa, 63 Eyed elater, 146 Eyes, 12 Eye-spotted bud moth, 187 External anatomy of locust, 275 Facets, 12, 40 Fall army-worm, 202 Fall web-worm, 20S Families, 71 Feelers, 1 1 Femur, 22 Field kit, 330 Fireflies, 147, 171, 313 . Flat-bugs. 309 Flat-footed flies, 325 Flat-headed borers, 147 Fleas, 240 Flesh-flies, 236, 242, 328 Flies, 5, 218 Flower-beetles, 152 Flower-bugs, 114 Flower-flies, 232, 242, 325 Forceps, 354 Forficulidae, 308 Formicina, 254, 274, 320 Four-lined leaf-bug, 118 Fritillaries, 182 Frog-hoppers, 125, 135 Fruit-flies, 239, 242 Fruit-fly, life history of, 301 Fruit-tree bark-beetle, 170 Fulgoridae, 31 1 Fungus-gnats, 227, 242, 321 Funnel trap, the, 339 Galea, 14 Galerucella luteola, 154 Galgulidae, 308 Gall-flies, 246, 320 Gall-gnats, 228, 242, 321 Gall-inhabiting Hymenoptera, 274 Ganglia, 28, 37 Garden web-worm, 187 Gastric caeca, 31 Gelechia cerealella, 186 Genus, 68, 71 Geometridae, 195, 217, 319 Geometrinae, 199 Giant crane-fly, 221 Giant water-bugs, 135, 309 Gizzard, 30 Gomphidae, 306 Gossamer-winged butterflies, 178 Granary weevil, 169, 313 Grape leaf-hopper, 125 Grape phylloxera, 129 Grape thrips, 125 Grapevine hog caterpillar, 211 Grasping Orthoptera, 78 Grasshopper, external anatomy of, 275 Green apple aphis, 129 Green bug, 129 Green-fly, 127 Green soldier-bug, 115 Green-striped maple-worm, 212 Green tomato worm, 209 Ground-beetles, 138, 171 Growth, 47, 54 Gryllidae, 85, 308 Guest-bees, 274 Gypsy moth, 204 Gyrinidae, 140, 171, 312 Gyropidae, 307 Halictus, 268 Ilalteres, 24 Handmaids, 194 Harlequin cabbage-bug, 115 Harlequin milkweed caterpillar, 207 Hatchet, 337 Haversack, 330 Hawk-moths, 208, 217 Head, 10, 11 ; study of, 276 Hearing, 42 Heart, 32 Heliothis obsoleta, 202 Hellgramite, 90 Hemerobiidae, 307 Hemerocampa leucostigma, 204 Hemiptera, 17, 107, 135, 305, 308; mounting of, 346 Ilesperidae, 318 Hesperina, 174, 217 Hessian fly, 228 Heterocampa gutivitta, 195 Heteromera, 163, 171, 311 INDEX 367 Heteroptera. 107, 135. 308 Hexapoda, 8 Hickory-borer. 160 Hippoboscidae. 240, 242. 329 Hog caterpillars, 21 i Holorusia rubiginosa, 221 Homoptera, 122, 135, 310 Hone\-bees, 270 ; anatomy of, 287 ; life histor}' of, 271 Hop merchant, 179 Hornblower. 209 Horned passalus, 149 Horn-tails, 246, 274, 319 Hornworms, 209 Horse-flies, 229, 242, 323 House-fly, i, 234, 242, 328 Humming-bird hawk-moths, 211 Hydrobatidae, 135, 309 Hydrophilidae, 141, 171, 312 Hymenoptera, 18, 243, 303, 304, 305, 319; characteristics of, 243; gall-in- habiting, 246 ; larvae of, 243 ; mount- ing of, 348 ; parasitic, 247 ; plant- eating, 244 ; stinging, 254 ; summary of, 274 Hypophar>'nx, 15, 279, 295 Ichneumon-flies, 250, 274 Ichneumonidae, 250, 274, 320 Ichneumons, 243 Identity of insects, 67 Ileum, 31 Inch-worms, 195 Incomplete metamorphosis, 50, 53 Indian-meal moth, 189 Inflating insect larvae. 353 Injury to crops. 2 Injury to domestic animals, 2 Injury to household and stewed goods, 2 Insecta, 8 Insect nets, 331 Insect pins. 343 ^ Insects, and disease, i ; near relatives of, 5 ; classes of, 67 ; compared with Arachnida, 286; compared with Crus- taceans, 284 ; compared with Myri- apoda. 2S5; comparison of types of, 2S7; external anatomy of, 10; growth and transformation of, 45; number of, 3 ; structure and growth of, 5 Insect traps, 339 Integument, 26 Intestine. 31 Invertebrates, 5, 6 lo moth. 213 Iridomyrmex humilis, 259 Isabella tiger-moth. 207 Isosoma tritici, 253 Japygidae, 305 Jassidae, 125, 135. 31 1 Jug-handle grub, 209 lumping plant-lice, 311 June-bugs, i 51 Labeling, 349 Labium, 14, 278, 294-297 Laboratory exercises, 275. Labrum, 13, 277, 294-297 Lace-bugs. 117. 135. 310 Lace wings, 307 Lachnosterna, 151 Lacinia, 14 Ladybird-beetles, 161, 171, 313 Lamellicornia, 148, 171, 313 Lampyridae. 147. 171, 313 Laphygma frugiperda. 202 Larder-beetles, 143, 312 Larger carpenter-bee, 270 Larva. 47, 58, 63 Lasiocampidae, 216, 318 Lasius niger americanus, 256 Leaf-beetles, 153, 171, 313 Leaf-bugs, 117, 135, 310 Leaf-chafers, 313 Leaf-cutter bees, 269 Leaf-folders, 217 Leaf-hoppers, 125, 135, 311 Leaf-horned beetles, 14S, 171 Leaf-miners, 217, 319 Leaf-rollers, 186, 217, 319 Leaf worm, 202 Leather-jackets, 220 Lebia grandis, 139 Lecanium, 132 Legs, 21, 2S0 Lenses, 355 Leopard moth, 191 Lepidoptera, 17, 172, 305, 31S; mount- ing of, 347 ;. summary of, 217 Lepismidae, 305 Leptidae, 323 Leptinotarsa decemlineata, 153 Leptocoris trivittatus, 121 Lesser migratory locust, 81 Leucania unipuncta, 202 Leucocytes, 33 Libellulidae, 306 Lice, 121 Life history of insects, 298 Light traps, 341 Ligula, 15 Limnobatidae, 309 Liotheidae, 307 Liparidae, 203, 217, 318 Lobsters, 7 Locust-beetle, 157 568 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Locust-borer, i6o Locustidae, 83, 308 Locusts, 81, 308; internal anatomy of, 290 ; preservation of, 275 Long-horned beetles, 158, 171 Long-horned grasshoppers, 83, 308 Long-legged bugs, 135 Long-legged flies, 231 Long-tongued bees, 267, 269, 274, 321 Louse-flies, 240, 242 Loxostege similalis, 187 Lucanidae, 148, 171, 313 Lucilia caesar, 236 Luna moth, 2 1 5 Lycaenidae, 178, 217, 318 Lygaeidae, 120, 135, 310 Lygus pratensis, 1 17 Lysiphlebus tritici, 25^ Machilis, 74 Macrolepidoptera, 191, 217 Maggots, 219 Malacosoma americana, 57 Malarial fever, i, 223 Mallophaga, 106, 307 Malpighian tubes, 31 Mandibles, 13, 27S, 294-297 Mantidae, 78, 308 Mantids, 78 Mantispidae, 307 Mantis religiosa, 79 Marx tray, 353 Masaridae, 320 Maxillae, 14, 278, 294-297 May-beetles, 151 May-flies, 95, 306; mounting of, 345 Meadow-fiies, 325 Meadowmaggots, 220 Meal snout-moth, 189 Meal-worm beetle, 165 Meal-worms, 217 Mealy-bugs, 131 Measuring-worms, 217 Mecoptera, 93, 303, 304, 307 ; mount- ing of, 347 Media, 24 Mediterranean flour-moth, 189 Melanolestes picipes, 113 Melanoplus atlantis, 81 Melanoplus differentialis, 53, 82 Melanoplus femur-rubrum, 81 Melanoplus spretus, 82 Melittia ceto, 193 Meloidae, 166, 171, 311 Melon aphis, 129 Melon caterpillar, 1S8 Melophagus ovinus, 240 Membracidae, 124, 133, 311 Mesothorax, 20, 279 Metallic wood-borers, 146, 171, 312 Metamorphosis, complete, 46, 47 Metathorax, 20, 279 Milkweed butterfly, 179 Millers, 199 Minutien-nadeln, 348 Mites, 7 Molluscs, 5 Monarch butterfly, 179 Monomorium pharaonis, 256 Monostegia rosae, 245 Mosquitoes, 218, 222, 242, 321 Mossy rose-gall, 247 Moth, 60, 172, 183, 217, 318 Mounting insects, 343 Mounting on points, 348 Mounting on slides, 351 Mouth-parts, 11, 12, 277, 294 ; suctorial type of, 1 5 Mud-daubers, 262 Murgantia histrionica, 115 Muscidae, 242, 328 Muscids, 234, 242 Muscina, 234, 242 Muscular system, 36, 292 Mutillidae, 261, 274, 321 Mycetophilidae, 227, 242, 321 Mydaidae, 323 Mydas-flies, 323 Myriapoda, 8 Myriapods, 6 Myrmeleonidae, 93, 307 Myrmicidae, 256, 274, 320 Nabidae, 114, 135, 310 Naucoridae, 309 Necrophorus, 142 Needles, 354 Negro-bugs, 116, 310 Nematocera,, ^2_20j,^^, 321 Nematus r^^^esii, 245 Nepidae, 135, 309 Nervous system, 37, 292 Neuroptera, 90, 304, 306 ; mounting of, 347 Nezara hilaris, 115 Nine-spotted ladybird-beetle, 162 Noctuidae, 199, 217, 318 Nodus, 98 Northern grass worm, 200 Notodontidae, 193, 217, 319 Notonectidae, 135, 309 Notum, 21 Nycteribiidae, 240, 242, 329 Nymph, 50, 54 Nymphalidae, 179, 217, 31S INDEX 369 Oak-apple, 247 Oak-pruncr, 160 Oberea bimaculata, i6i Oblique-banded leaf-roller, 186 Ocelli, 12, 39 Odonata, 98, 304, 306 Odontota dorsalis, 157 Oestridae, 233, 242, 328 Ommatidium, 40 Onion-maggot, 23S Ophion flies, 250 Orders, 68, 71 Orneodidae, 190 Ortalidae, 325 Orthoptera, 76, 304, 308 ; mounting of, 346 Oscinidae, 327 Otiorhynchidae, 313 Ovipositors, 26 Owlet-moths, 199, 217, 318 Ox-bot, 2 Oyster-shell bark-louse, 134 Palpus, 14 Panorpidae, 307 Papilionidae, 175, 31S Papilionina, 174. 217 Papilio polyxenes, 175 Parasita, 121, 135 Parasitic Hymenoptera, 274 Passalus cornutus, 149 Pea aphis, 129 Peach-tree-borer, 192 Pear psylla, 127 Pear-slug, 245 Pea-weevils, 15S, 171, 373 Peddlers, 157 Pediculidae, 30S Pelecinidae, 320 Pentamera, 137, 171, 312 Pentatoma sayi, 116 Pentatomidae, 114, 310 Pepsis formosa, 261 Periodical cicada, 122 Perlidae, 306 Pharynx, 29 Phasmidae, 80, 308 Philopteridae, 307 Phlegethontius quinquemaculata, 209 Phoridae, 323 Phryganeidae, 307 Phycitinae, 189 Phyla, 6 Phymata wolfii, 1 14 Phymatidae, 114, 135, 309 Physopoda, 305 Physopodae, 308 Phytophaga, 153 Pickle-worm, iSS Piercing mouth-parts, 295 Pieridae, 178, 217, 318 Pimpla flies, 250 Pinning block, 344 Pins, 343 Pipunculidae, 325 Pissodes strobi, 168 Plant-bugs, 116, 135 Plant-eating Hymenoptera, 274 Plant-hoppers, 124 Plant-lice, 127, 135, 311 ; jumping, 127, 135; life history of, 298 Platypezidae, 325 Platyptera, 103, 303, 304, 307 ; mounting of, 346 Plecoptera, 97, 304, 306 Pletirum, 21 Plodia interpunctella, 189 Plum curculio, 168 Plume-moth, 190 Podisus spinosus, 115 Poduridae, 306 Poecilocapsus lineatus, 118 Polistes, 266 Pollenization, 2 Polygonia comma, 179 Polyphemus, 213 Pomace-flies, 239, 327 Poneridae, 320 Pontia rapae, 300 Porthetria dispar, 204 Potato flea-beetle, 156 Praying mantis, 308 Predacious bugs, 112, 135 Predacious diving-beetles, 171, 312 Predacious ground-beetles, 312 Preserving, 352 Preserving insects, 343 Prionids, 160 Proctotrypidae, 253, 274, 320 Proctotrypid-flies, 274 Proctotrypids, 253 Productive insects, 2 Prominents, 193, 217, 319 Prothorax, 20, 279 Protozoa, 3 Proventriculus, 30 Psammocharidae, 261, 274, 321 Pseudoneuroptera, 95 Psilidae, 328 Psocidae, 105, 307 Psocids, 106 Psychidae, 319 Psychodidae, 321 Psylla pyricola, 127 Psyllas, 127, 135 Psyllidae, 127, 135, 311 370 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Psythirus, 270 Pteromalus puparum, 253 Pterophoridae, 190 Ptinidae, 312 Puddle butterflies, 178 Pulvillus, 22 Pupa, 47, 60, 63 Pupipara, 219, 220, 239, 242, 329 Pyloric valve, 31 Pyralidae, 187, 217, 319 Pyralids, 1S7 Pyralis costalis, 188 Pyralis farinalis, 189 Pyrrharctia isabella, 20S Pyrrhocoridae, 119, 135, 310 Radial sector, 24 Radius, 24 Railroad worm, 239 Rake net, 334 Raphidiidae, 307 Raspberry cane-borer, 160 Raspberry geometer, 199 Raspberry root-borer, 193 Rearing nets, 357 Rectum, 31 Red ant, 256 Red-bug, 119, 135, 310 Red-humped apple caterpillar, 194 Red-legged locust, 81 Red milkweed-beetle, 161 Red-necked blackberry-borer, 147 Reduviidae, 112, 135, 309 Reproductive system, 291 Reptiles, 5 Respiratory system, 33 Rhagoletis pomonella, 239 Rhinoceros beetle, i 52 Rhodites rosae, 247 Rhynchophora, 137, 167, 171 Rhyphidae, 321 Rice weevils, 169 Robber-flies, 230, 242, 323 Rocky Mountain locusts, 82 Root-maggot flies, 238, 242 Rose-chafer, 151 Rose leaf-hopper, 125 Rose-slug, 245 Round-headed apple-tree borer, 160 Round-headed borers, 158 Rove-beetles, 143, 171, 312 Royal moths, 319 Running Orthoptera, 77 Sag net, 333 Saldidae, 309 Salivary glands, 29 Samia cecropia, 215 San Jose scale, 134 Sanninoidea exitiosa, 192 Sapromyzidae, 325 Sarcophaga sarracenia, 236 Sarcophagidae, 236, 242, 328 Saturnians, 212, 217 Saturnoidea, 212, 217, 319 Saw-flies, 243, 244, 274, 319 Saw-horned beetles, 144, 171, 312 Saw-toothed grain-beetle, 143, 144 Sawyer beetle, 160 vScale insects, 107, 129, 135, 311 Scalpels, 354 Scarabaeidae, 149, 171, 313 Scarabaeid beetles, 171 Scavenger-beetles, 313 Scenopinidae, 323 Schistocerca americana, 83 Schizura concinna, 194 Schmitt box, 350 Scientific names, 68 Sciomyzidae, 325 Scissors, 354 Sclerites, 21 ; of locust, 276 Scoliidae, 321 Scolytidae, 170, 171, 313 Scolytus rugulosus, 170 Scorpion-flies, 93, 303, 307 Scorpions, 7 Screw worm, 2 Screw-worm fly, 236 Scutelleridae, 310 Searcher, 139 Senses of insects, 39 Sepsidae, 325 Serricornia, 144, 171, 312 Sesia tipuliformis, 193 Sesiidae, 192, 217, 319 Sheep maggot, 2 Sheep-tick, 240 Shield-backed bugs, 310 Shield-shaped bugs, 135 Shore-bugs, 309 Short-horned flies, 229 Short-horned grasshoppers, 81 Short-tongued bees, 267, 274, 321 Shot-hole borers, 170 Shrimps, 7 Sialidae, 306 Sight, 39 Silkworm, 2, 212 Silkworm moths, 217 Silpha, 142 Silphidae, 142, 171, 312 Silvanus surinamensis, 143 Simuliidae, 226, 323 Siphonaptera, 240, 305 Siricidae 246, 274, 319 INDEX 37^ Skippers, 174, 217, 318 Slugs, 245 Smell, 42 Sminthuridae, 305 Snapping beetles, 144 Snout-beetles, 137, 167, 171 Social bees, 270, 274 Social-wasps, 264, 274 Soft scales, 131 Soldier-beetles, 148 Soldier-bugs, 115 Soldier-flies, 230, 242, 323 Solenopsis geminata, 259 Solitary bees, 274 Solitary-wasps, 263, 274 Sow-bugs, 7 Species, 68,70 Sphecidae, 262, 274, 321 Sphecina, 260, 274, 320 Sphingidae, 20S, 217, 318 Spiders, 6 Spider-wasps, 261, 274 Spined soldier-bug, 1 1 5 Spiny elm caterpillar, 179; the life of the, 63 Spiracles, 34 Spittle-insects, 125, 135, 311 Spreading boards, 345 Springtails, 73, 74 Squash-bug, 50, 121, 135, 310 Squash-vine-borer, 193 Stable-fly, 236 Stag-beetles, 148, 171, 313 Staphylinidae, 143, 171, 312 Stegomyia, 223 Sternum, 21 Stigmata, 34 Stilt-bugs, 120, 135, 310 Stinging ants, 256 Stinging hymenoptera, 274 Stink-bugs, 114, 135, 310 Stomach, 31 Stone-flies, 97, 306; mounting of, 345 Stratiomyidae, 230, 242, 323 Strawberry root-louse, 129 Strawberry weevil, 168 Streblidae, 329 Striped blister-beetle, 166 Striped cucumber-beetle, 156 Subcosta, 24 Sucking mouth-parts, 294, 296 Suctorial lice, 308 Sugar-maple-borer, 160 Suture, 276 Swallowtails, 175, 31S Sweeping net, 332 Sympathetic system, 38 Synchlora glaucaria, 199 Syrphidae, 232, 242 Syrphus, 232 Tabanidae, 229, 242, 323 Tachina-flies, 237, 242 Tachinidae, 237, 242. 328 Tarantula hawk, 261 Tarnished plant-bug, 117 Tarsus, 22 Taste, 41 Telea polyphemus, 213 Tenebrio molitor, 165 Tenebrionidae, 165, 171, 311 Tent caterpillar, 216; life history of the, 57 Tent-caterpillar moths, 217 Tenthredinidae, 244. 274, 319 Terebrantia, 244, 274 Tergum, 21 Termes flavipes, 104 Termitidae, 103, 307 Tetramera, 153, 171, 313 Tetraopes tetraophthalmus, 161 Texas fever, 2 Thorax, 7, 11, 20, 279; appendages of, 2S0 Thread-waisted wasps, 262, 274 Thyanta custator, 116 Thyreocoridae, 310 Thysanoptera, 308 Thysanura, 74, 305 ; mounting of, 344 Tibia, 22 Ticks, 2, 7 Tiger beetles, 137, 171,312 Tiger moths, 207, 217, 318 Tineidae, 184, 217, 319 Tineids, 184 Tingitidae, 112, 135, 310 Tipulidae, 220, 242, 321 Tischeria malifoliella, 185 Tmetocera ocellana, 1S7 Toad-bugs, 308 Tobacco-worm, 209, 251 Tongue, 297 Tortoise-beetles, 157 Tortricidae, 186, 217, 319 Touch, 41 Toxoptera graminum, 129 Trachea, ^^ Transformations, 46 Tree-hoppers, 124, 135, 311 Trichodectidae, 307 Trichoptera, 93. 304 ; mounting of, 347 Trimera, 161, 171 Trochanter, 22 Trypetidae, 239, 242, 328 Tumble-bugs, i 50 372 ELEMENTARY ENTOMOLOGY Tussock-moths, 203, 217, 318 Twelve-spotted Diabrotica, 156 Twice-stabbed ladybird, 162 Two-spotted ladybird, 162 Tympanum, 43 Typhlocyba comes,. 125 Typhoid fever, 2 Uranotes mellinus, 179 Vedalia cardinalis, 163 Veins, of wings, 24 Velidae, 309 Velvet ants, 261, 274, 321 Ventriculus, 31 Vermes, 6 Vertebrates, 5 Vespa, 266 Vespidae, 264, 320 Vespina, 261, 263, 274, 320 Vinegar flies, 327 Walking Orthoptera, 80 Walking-sticks, 80, 308 Warble, 2 Wasp-flies, 232, 242 Wasps, 243, 260, 274 Water-boatman, 135, 309 Water dip net, 333 Water-scavenger beetles, 141, 171, 31; Water-scorpions, 135, 309 Water-striders, 135, 309 Weevils, 167 Western cricket, 85 Wheel-bug, 112 * Whirligig-beetles, 140, 171,312 White ants, 103, 307; work of, 105 White grub, 151 White-marked tussock-moth, 204 White-pine weevil, 168 Window-flies, 323 Wing-covers, 281 Wings, 23, 281 Wire-worms, 146 Wood nymphs, 318 Woolly apple aphis, 129 Woolly bears, 207 Worms, 5 Xylocopa virginica, 270 Yellow fever, i Vellow-necked caterpillar, 194 Zeuzera pyrina, 192 Zygoptera, 306 ANNOUNCEMENTS y COUNTRY LIFE EDUCATION SERIES Edited by Charles William Burkett, recently Director of Experiment Station, Kansas State Agricultural College ; Editor »f .Ivicricnn A griciilture A SERIES of practical texts for the amateur and professional farmer written by experts in their respective lines. These books aim to give a thorough exposition of both the theory and the prac- tice of the various branches of farming and breeding. TYPES AND BREEDS OF FARM ANIMALS By Charles S. Plumb, Professor of Animal Husbandry in the College of Agri- culture of the Ohio State University. Svo, cloth, 563 pages, illustrated, #2.00. PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING By Eugene Davenfort, Dean of the College of Agriculture, Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and Professor of Thremmatology in the Univer- sity of Illinois. Svo, cloth, 727 pages, illustrated, J2.50. FUNGOUS DISEASES OF PLANTS By Benjamin Minge Duggar, Professor of Plant Physiology in Cornell Univer- sity. Svo, cloth, 508 pages, illustrated, $2.00. SOIL FERTILITY AND PERMANENT AGRICULTURE By Cyril George Hopkins, Professor of Agronomy in the University of Illinois ; Chief in Agronomy and Chemistry and Vice Director in the Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station. Svo, cloth, xxiii -1-653 pages, ?2.25. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF POULTRY CULT&feJRE By John H. Robinson, Editor of Farm Poultry. Svo, cloth, xvi + 611 pages, illustrated, $2.50. SHEEP FEEDING AND FARM MANAGEMENT By D. Howard Doane, Assistant Agriculturist in the Office of Farm Management, United States Department of Agriculture, and Assistant Professor, in charge, of Farm Management in the University of Missouri. i2mo, cloth, 12S pages, illus- trated, ^i.oo. Other volumes in preparation 174% GINN AND COMPANY Publishers A TEXT-BOOK IN GENERAL ZOOLOGY By Henry R. Linville, Head of the Department of Biology, Jamaica High School, New York City, and Henry A. Kelly, Di- rector of the Department of Biology and Nature Study, Ethical Culture School, New York City 462 pages, illustrated, $1.50 /^N exposition of the science of zoology, presented without the inter- /-% polation of a laboratory guide. '*' -^ Four years spent in careful examination of the original sources have resulted in a book filled with valuable material. The authors, through their extended service as teachers of biology in secondary schools, are well equipped for the task of writing a text-book designed, as this one is, chiefly for high-school use, although intended also to be available for elementary college classes. The structure, the physiology, and the natural history of selected types of animals are described with accuracy and in language easily understood by young students. The treatment of the subject is broad, and the inductive method is employed so far as each class and phylum of invertebrate animals is concerned. The definition of a group is not given until the student's conception of the group characters has grown to the point where the definition forms the fitting end to the logical process involved in the exposition. The Insecta are discussed in the first chapters, and after the remainder of the Arthropoda are described, the other invertebrate phyla follow in a descending series, ending with the Protozoa. Then, beginning with the fishes, the order ascends to the mammals and closes with man. A large portion of the book is devoted to the insects and vertebrates, because young students are more familiar with these groups and so take greater interest in them. The less known, however, are treated with care, the different features of morphology, physiology, and relation to envi- ronment being maintained in good measure throughout. The book includes two hundred and thirty-three illustrations. 169 GINN & COMPANY Publishers